Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Convex Optimization

556 missions · 341 completed

Missions

Open215Completed341All556
🏆Completed
Functional AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Programming in Hilbert Space: Gradient Projection x_{k+1} = P(x_k − ρ_k∇f(x_k)) with σ ≤ ρ_k ≤ 2ρ₀ − σ Stays in the Level Set, and for Convex f Drives f(x_k) to inf_C fResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimizing a smooth function over a closed convex set is the basic problem of constrained continuous optimization. When the constraint set is simple enough that the nearest point of the set to any given point can be computed (a ball, a box, an orthant, an affine subspace), the most direct method is the gradient projection method: take a gradient step and project back onto the set. The method is the ancestor of the projected gradient and proximal gradient algorithms used today in signal processing, machine learning, and optimal control, where the variable is often a function, so that the natural setting is an infinite-dimensional Hilbert space rather than Rn\mathbb R^nRn.

A. A. Goldstein's 1964 note in the Bulletin of the AMS (Goldstein 1964) is one of the two founding papers of the method, alongside the independent work of Levitin and Polyak (1966). It states, in a Hilbert space and with an explicit step-size window, that the iterates stay in the initial level set, that the objective values converge, and that under convexity they converge to the optimal value, with weak and strong convergence of the iterates under further hypotheses. Goldstein motivates the method by applications to control theory (Balakrishnan 1963; Goldstein, Minimizing functionals on Hilbert space, 1964).

Timeline.

  • 1959: Cheney and Goldstein study proximity maps (metric projections) onto convex sets and a fixed-point construction for the distance between two convex sets (Cheney–Goldstein 1959, cited by the note as [1]).
  • 1964: Goldstein, this note: the gradient projection method in Hilbert space with steps in [σ,2ρ0−σ][\sigma, 2\rho_0 - \sigma][σ,2ρ0​−σ].
  • 1966: Levitin and Polyak give the same method and convergence rates for constrained minimization.
  • 1987: Calamai and Moré extend the analysis to Armijo-type step rules and identification of the active constraints in Rn\mathbb R^nRn (Calamai–Moré 1987).

Setting

Let HHH be a real Hilbert space with inner product [x,y][x, y][x,y] and norm ∥x∥\|x\|∥x∥. Let C⊆HC \subseteq HC⊆H be closed and convex, and let P:H→HP : H \to HP:H→H be the projection onto CCC: P(x)P(x)P(x) is the point of CCC closest to xxx. In Lean, IsProjection C P says that P(x)∈CP(x) \in CP(x)∈C and ∥x−P(x)∥≤∥x−y∥\|x - P(x)\| \le \|x - y\|∥x−P(x)∥≤∥x−y∥ for all y∈Cy \in Cy∈C.

Let f:H→Rf : H \to \mathbb Rf:H→R, x0∈Cx_0 \in Cx0​∈C, and let

S={x∈C:f(x)≤f(x0)}S = \{x \in C : f(x) \le f(x_0)\}S={x∈C:f(x)≤f(x0​)}

be the level set (levelSet f C x0). Let S^\hat SS^ be an open set containing the convex hull of SSS. Write f′(x,h)f'(x, h)f′(x,h) for the Fréchet derivative of fff at xxx applied to hhh, ∇f(x)\nabla f(x)∇f(x) for the gradient (so f′(x,h)=[∇f(x),h]f'(x, h) = [\nabla f(x), h]f′(x,h)=[∇f(x),h]), and

f′′(x,h,h)=ddt∣t=0f′(x+th,h)f''(x, h, h) = \frac{d}{dt}\Big|_{t=0} f'(x + th, h)f′′(x,h,h)=dtd​​t=0​f′(x+th,h)

for the directional second derivative in the sense of Gâteaux (d2 f x h). The curvature hypothesis is that for some ρ0>0\rho_0 > 0ρ0​>0, at every x∈S^x \in \hat Sx∈S^ and for every h∈Hh \in Hh∈H, these derivatives exist and

∣f′′(x,h,h)∣≤∥h∥2ρ0.|f''(x, h, h)| \le \frac{\|h\|^2}{\rho_0}.∣f′′(x,h,h)∣≤ρ0​∥h∥2​.

Choose 0<σ≤ρ00 < \sigma \le \rho_00<σ≤ρ0​ and step sizes σ≤ρk≤2ρ0−σ\sigma \le \rho_k \le 2\rho_0 - \sigmaσ≤ρk​≤2ρ0​−σ. The method is

xk+1=P(xk−ρk∇f(xk)),k≥0.x_{k+1} = P\big(x_k - \rho_k \nabla f(x_k)\big), \qquad k \ge 0.xk+1​=P(xk​−ρk​∇f(xk​)),k≥0.

A point z∈Cz \in Cz∈C is stationary if P(z−ρ∇f(z))=zP(z - \rho \nabla f(z)) = zP(z−ρ∇f(z))=z for every ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0.

Formalization targets

Goal: the THEOREM, parts (i)–(v)

Assume fff is bounded below and continuous on CCC. There is L∈RL \in \mathbb RL∈R such that

  1. (i) xk∈Sx_k \in Sxk​∈S for all kkk, xk+1−xk→0x_{k+1} - x_k \to 0xk+1​−xk​→0, and f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) decreases to LLL;
  2. (ii) if SSS is compact, every cluster point zzz of (xk)(x_k)(xk​) near which ∇f\nabla f∇f is continuous is stationary, and a unique cluster point is the limit of (xk)(x_k)(xk​);
  3. (iii) if SSS is convex and f′′(x,h,h)≥μ∥h∥2f''(x, h, h) \ge \mu \|h\|^2f′′(x,h,h)≥μ∥h∥2 on SSS for some μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0, then
L=inf⁡{f(x):x∈C};L = \inf\{f(x) : x \in C\};L=inf{f(x):x∈C};
  1. (iv) under (iii) with SSS bounded, every weak cluster point of (xk)(x_k)(xk​) minimizes fff on CCC;
  2. (v) under (iii) with μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 and ∇f\nabla f∇f bounded on SSS, there is z∈Sz \in Sz∈S with f(z)=Lf(z) = Lf(z)=L, xk→zx_k \to zxk​→z in norm, and zzz is the unique minimizer of fff on CCC.

The goal is the whole theorem, because its five parts share one limit LLL and one standing setting.

Milestones

The projection inequality [x−y,P(x)−y]≥∥P(x)−y∥2[x - y, P(x) - y] \ge \|P(x) - y\|^2[x−y,P(x)−y]≥∥P(x)−y∥2 for y∈Cy \in Cy∈C; the Lipschitz property of PPP; the characterization of stationarity for convex fff at a differentiability point; the one-step Taylor estimate; the step lemma (for σ≤ρ≤2ρ0−σ\sigma \le \rho \le 2\rho_0 - \sigmaσ≤ρ≤2ρ0​−σ the new point stays in SSS and the decrease is at least ∥xk+1−xk∥2σ/4ρ02\|x_{k+1} - x_k\|^2 \sigma / 4\rho_0^2∥xk+1​−xk​∥2σ/4ρ02​); parts (i) and (ii); the strong-convexity bound f(x)≥f(y)+[∇f(y),x−y]+12μ∥x−y∥2f(x) \ge f(y) + [\nabla f(y), x - y] + \frac12\mu\|x - y\|^2f(x)≥f(y)+[∇f(y),x−y]+21​μ∥x−y∥2 on SSS; the supporting-hyperplane inequality of the proof of (iii); parts (iii), (iv) and (v). A companion item states the last clause of (ii) under convexity of fff on CCC.

Significance

The result. The theorem gives a step-size rule that needs only a curvature bound near the level set, not a global Lipschitz constant of the gradient, and it covers the infinite-dimensional case directly: (iii) gives convergence of the objective values to the optimal value without assuming that a minimizer exists, (iv) yields minimizers as weak cluster points when the level set is bounded, and (v) gives strong convergence of the iterates under strong convexity on the level set. These are the prototypes of the convergence statements now proved for projected and proximal gradient methods.

Formalizing it. The result is classical and proved on paper; it has no machine-checked proof. The note is two pages long and its proof is terse ("The proof of (ii) being straightforward"), and checking it in Lean exposes two places where the printed statement needs repair (see Formalization scope). A complete development also produces reusable infrastructure: the variational inequality and Lipschitz property of the metric projection in a Hilbert space, a one-dimensional Taylor estimate from a Gâteaux second derivative along a segment, and weak lower semicontinuity of convex continuous functions on closed convex sets used through cluster points in WeakSpace.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for (i) applies a quadratic upper bound for fff along the segment from xkx_kxk​ to xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​. That bound is only available where the curvature hypothesis holds, on S^\hat SS^, and nothing guarantees in advance that xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​, or the segment, lies in S^\hat SS^. Ruling this out requires control of fff up to the boundary of the level set, which the printed hypotheses do not give; this is where the added continuity hypothesis enters. In (iii) the iterates may be unbounded and no minimizer need exist, so compactness arguments are unavailable. In (iv) the cluster points are weak, so norm-closedness arguments do not apply directly.

Formalization scope

  • HHH is a real Hilbert space: [NormedAddCommGroup H] [InnerProductSpace ℝ H] [CompleteSpace H]. The inner product [x,y][x, y][x,y] is ⟪x, y⟫_ℝ, and ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient f.
  • PPP is any map with IsProjection C P; there is no chosen projection and no junk value.
  • f′′(x,h,h)f''(x, h, h)f′′(x,h,h) is the derivative at t=0t = 0t=0 of t↦f′(x+th,h)t \mapsto f'(x + th, h)t↦f′(x+th,h). The hypothesis on S^\hat SS^ (SecondDerivBound) states both differentiabilities before the bound, so the bound is never on a junk zero.
  • The run starts at x0x_0x0​, and 0<σ≤ρ00 < \sigma \le \rho_00<σ≤ρ0​ makes the step window nonempty.
  • "L=inf⁡L = \infL=inf" is IsGLB (f '' C) L. Weak cluster points are cluster points in WeakSpace ℝ H.
  • Added hypothesis: fff is continuous on CCC. Part (i) as printed is false without it: on H=C=RH = C = \mathbb RH=C=R with P=idP = \mathrm{id}P=id, f(x)=(x−2)2f(x) = (x - 2)^2f(x)=(x−2)2 for x<1x < 1x<1 and f(x)=100f(x) = 100f(x)=100 for x≥1x \ge 1x≥1, x0=0x_0 = 0x0​=0, S^=(−1,1)\hat S = (-1, 1)S^=(−1,1), ρ0=1/2\rho_0 = 1/2ρ0​=1/2, σ=1/4\sigma = 1/4σ=1/4, ρk=1/2\rho_k = 1/2ρk​=1/2, the first step lands at x1=2x_1 = 2x1​=2 with f(x1)=100>f(x0)f(x_1) = 100 > f(x_0)f(x1​)=100>f(x0​).
  • Moved clause. The last clause of (ii), "zzz minimizes fff on CCC", is false for nonconvex fff (a unique cluster point can be a stationary point that is not a minimizer). The goal omits it, and a companion item states it under convexity of fff on CCC.
  • The goal assumes nothing about the step decrease, the step size ρ^\hat\rhoρ^​ of the proof, or the iterates beyond the run's definition. A formalization that adds such facts as hypotheses, or that proves only one of the five parts, does not count as closing the goal.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, in particular the projection inequality and Lipschitz property (independent of the rest), the Taylor estimate from the Gâteaux second derivative, and the weak-closedness argument of (iv).

Selected references

  • A. A. Goldstein, Convex programming in Hilbert space, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1964), 709–710. https://doi.org/10.1090/s0002-9904-1964-11178-2
  • E. W. Cheney and A. A. Goldstein, Proximity maps for convex sets, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959), 448–450.
  • A. V. Balakrishnan, An operator theoretic formulation of a class of control problems and a steepest descent method of solution, J. SIAM Control Ser. A 1 (1963), 109–127.
  • E. S. Levitin and B. T. Polyak, Constrained minimization methods, USSR Comput. Math. Math. Phys. 6(5) (1966), 1–50.
  • P. H. Calamai and J. J. Moré, Projected gradient methods for linearly constrained problems, Math. Programming 39 (1987), 93–116. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02592073
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear algebraStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers IV: The Covariance-Selection X-Update Is Q·diag((λᵢ + √(λᵢ² + 4ρ))/(2ρ))·QᵀTextbook

Why closed-form ADMM updates for ℓ1 problems

Many estimation problems in statistics, machine learning and signal processing minimize a smooth loss plus a nonsmooth ℓ1-type regularizer: the lasso, basis pursuit, least absolute deviations, Huber fitting, the group lasso, and ℓ1-penalized maximum likelihood for Gaussian graphical models. Chapter 6 of Boyd, Parikh, Chu, Peleato and Eckstein, Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers (Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 3(1), 2011), shows that the alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) splits each of these problems into a step that touches only the loss and a step that touches only the regularizer, and that each step has a closed form. The practical value of ADMM on these problems rests entirely on those closed forms: an iteration is one cached linear solve, one projection, or one thresholding.

The capstone is sparse inverse covariance selection (§6.5), the ℓ1-penalized Gaussian maximum-likelihood problem of Banerjee, El Ghaoui and d'Aspremont (2008), also solved by the graphical lasso of Friedman, Hastie and Tibshirani (2008). Its ADMM X-update minimizes a log-determinant objective over positive definite matrices, and the book shows that it is solved exactly by one symmetric eigenvalue decomposition.

Setting

All vectors are real and ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is the Euclidean norm. For κ∈R\kappa\in\mathbb Rκ∈R the soft thresholding operator is Sκ(a)=a−κS_\kappa(a)=a-\kappaSκ​(a)=a−κ if a>κa>\kappaa>κ, 000 if ∣a∣≤κ|a|\le\kappa∣a∣≤κ, and a+κa+\kappaa+κ if a<−κa<-\kappaa<−κ, applied componentwise to vectors and entrywise to matrices. The vector soft thresholding operator on Rm\mathbb R^mRm is Sκ(a)=(1−κ/∥a∥2)+a\mathcal S_\kappa(a)=(1-\kappa/\|a\|_2)_+aSκ​(a)=(1−κ/∥a∥2​)+​a, with Sκ(0)=0\mathcal S_\kappa(0)=0Sκ​(0)=0. The Huber penalty is ghub(a)=a2/2g^{\mathrm{hub}}(a)=a^2/2ghub(a)=a2/2 for ∣a∣≤1|a|\le1∣a∣≤1 and ∣a∣−1/2|a|-1/2∣a∣−1/2 for ∣a∣>1|a|>1∣a∣>1, summed over components for vectors.

In scaled-form ADMM for minimizing f(x)+g(z)f(x)+g(z)f(x)+g(z) subject to Ax+Bz=cAx+Bz=cAx+Bz=c, with penalty ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 and scaled dual variable uuu, the updates are

xk+1=argmin⁡x(f(x)+ρ2∥Ax+Bzk−c+uk∥22),zk+1=argmin⁡z(g(z)+ρ2∥Axk+1+Bz−c+uk∥22),x^{k+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_x\bigl(f(x)+\tfrac\rho2\|Ax+Bz^k-c+u^k\|_2^2\bigr),\quad z^{k+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_z\bigl(g(z)+\tfrac\rho2\|Ax^{k+1}+Bz-c+u^k\|_2^2\bigr),xk+1=xargmin​(f(x)+2ρ​∥Ax+Bzk−c+uk∥22​),zk+1=zargmin​(g(z)+2ρ​∥Axk+1+Bz−c+uk∥22​),

followed by uk+1=uk+Axk+1+Bzk+1−cu^{k+1}=u^k+Ax^{k+1}+Bz^{k+1}-cuk+1=uk+Axk+1+Bzk+1−c. "The update is given by formula FFF" means FFF is the unique minimizer of the corresponding subproblem.

For sparse inverse covariance selection, S∈Rn×nS\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}S∈Rn×n is symmetric (the empirical covariance), λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 is the regularization weight, ∥M∥F2=∑ijMij2\|M\|_F^2=\sum_{ij}M_{ij}^2∥M∥F2​=∑ij​Mij2​, ∥M∥1=∑ij∣Mij∣\|M\|_1=\sum_{ij}|M_{ij}|∥M∥1​=∑ij​∣Mij​∣, and S++n\mathbb S^n_{++}S++n​ is the set of symmetric positive definite matrices, the domain of log⁡det⁡\log\detlogdet. ADMM alternates

Xk+1=argmin⁡X∈S++n(Tr⁡(SX)−log⁡det⁡X+ρ2∥X−Zk+Uk∥F2),Zk+1=argmin⁡Z(λ∥Z∥1+ρ2∥Xk+1−Z+Uk∥F2),X^{k+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_{X\in\mathbb S^n_{++}}\Bigl(\operatorname{Tr}(SX)-\log\det X+\tfrac\rho2\|X-Z^k+U^k\|_F^2\Bigr),\qquad Z^{k+1}=\operatorname*{argmin}_Z\Bigl(\lambda\|Z\|_1+\tfrac\rho2\|X^{k+1}-Z+U^k\|_F^2\Bigr),Xk+1=X∈S++n​argmin​(Tr(SX)−logdetX+2ρ​∥X−Zk+Uk∥F2​),Zk+1=Zargmin​(λ∥Z∥1​+2ρ​∥Xk+1−Z+Uk∥F2​),

and Uk+1=Uk+Xk+1−Zk+1U^{k+1}=U^k+X^{k+1}-Z^{k+1}Uk+1=Uk+Xk+1−Zk+1.

Formalization targets

Goal: the X-update in closed form (§6.5, p. 47)

Let SSS and Z−UZ-UZ−U be symmetric, ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, and ρ(Z−U)−S=Q diag(μ1,…,μn) QT\rho(Z-U)-S=Q\,\mathrm{diag}(\mu_1,\dots,\mu_n)\,Q^Tρ(Z−U)−S=Qdiag(μ1​,…,μn​)QT with QTQ=QQT=IQ^TQ=QQ^T=IQTQ=QQT=I. Then

X=Q diag(μi+μi2+4ρ2ρ)QTX=Q\,\mathrm{diag}\Bigl(\frac{\mu_i+\sqrt{\mu_i^2+4\rho}}{2\rho}\Bigr)Q^TX=Qdiag(2ρμi​+μi2​+4ρ​​)QT

is positive definite and is the unique minimizer of Tr⁡(SX′)−log⁡det⁡X′+ρ2∥X′−Z+U∥F2\operatorname{Tr}(SX')-\log\det X'+\frac\rho2\|X'-Z+U\|_F^2Tr(SX′)−logdetX′+2ρ​∥X′−Z+U∥F2​ over X′∈S++nX'\in\mathbb S^n_{++}X′∈S++n​.

Milestones

  1. Scalar root (p. 47): for ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, t=(μ+μ2+4ρ)/(2ρ)t=(\mu+\sqrt{\mu^2+4\rho})/(2\rho)t=(μ+μ2+4ρ​)/(2ρ) is positive and ρt−1/t=μ\rho t-1/t=\muρt−1/t=μ.
  2. Equation (6.5) (p. 47): the matrix XXX above is positive definite and ρX−X−1=ρ(Z−U)−S\rho X-X^{-1}=\rho(Z-U)-SρX−X−1=ρ(Z−U)−S.
  3. First-order condition (p. 47): a positive definite XXX minimizes the X-objective over S++n\mathbb S^n_{++}S++n​ if and only if S−X−1+ρ(X−Z+U)=0S-X^{-1}+\rho(X-Z+U)=0S−X−1+ρ(X−Z+U)=0.
  4. Z-update (p. 47): Zij=Sλ/ρ(Xij+Uij)Z_{ij}=S_{\lambda/\rho}(X_{ij}+U_{ij})Zij​=Sλ/ρ​(Xij​+Uij​) is the unique minimizer of λ∥Z∥1+ρ2∥X−Z+U∥F2\lambda\|Z\|_1+\frac\rho2\|X-Z+U\|_F^2λ∥Z∥1​+2ρ​∥X−Z+U∥F2​.
  5. Huber z-update (§6.1.1, p. 40): with v=Ax−b+uv=Ax-b+uv=Ax−b+u, z=ρ1+ρv+11+ρS1+1/ρ(v)z=\frac{\rho}{1+\rho}v+\frac1{1+\rho}S_{1+1/\rho}(v)z=1+ρρ​v+1+ρ1​S1+1/ρ​(v) minimizes ghub(z)+ρ2∥Ax−z−b+u∥22g^{\mathrm{hub}}(z)+\frac\rho2\|Ax-z-b+u\|_2^2ghub(z)+2ρ​∥Ax−z−b+u∥22​.
  6. Basis pursuit (§6.2, p. 41): if AATAA^TAAT is invertible, (I−AT(AAT)−1A)(z−u)+AT(AAT)−1b(I-A^T(AA^T)^{-1}A)(z-u)+A^T(AA^T)^{-1}b(I−AT(AAT)−1A)(z−u)+AT(AAT)−1b is the projection of z−uz-uz−u onto {x∣Ax=b}\{x\mid Ax=b\}{x∣Ax=b}.
  7. Lasso (§6.4, p. 43): (ATA+ρI)−1(ATb+ρ(z−u))(A^TA+\rho I)^{-1}(A^Tb+\rho(z-u))(ATA+ρI)−1(ATb+ρ(z−u)) minimizes 12∥Ax−b∥22+ρ2∥x−z+u∥22\frac12\|Ax-b\|_2^2+\frac\rho2\|x-z+u\|_2^221​∥Ax−b∥22​+2ρ​∥x−z+u∥22​, and Sλ/ρ(x+u)S_{\lambda/\rho}(x+u)Sλ/ρ​(x+u) minimizes λ∥z∥1+ρ2∥x−z+u∥22\lambda\|z\|_1+\frac\rho2\|x-z+u\|_2^2λ∥z∥1​+2ρ​∥x−z+u∥22​.
  8. Group lasso (§6.4.2, p. 45): blockwise Sλ/ρ(xi+ui)\mathcal S_{\lambda/\rho}(x_i+u_i)Sλ/ρ​(xi​+ui​) minimizes λ∑i∥zi∥2+ρ2∑i∥xi−zi+ui∥22\lambda\sum_i\|z_i\|_2+\frac\rho2\sum_i\|x_i-z_i+u_i\|_2^2λ∑i​∥zi​∥2​+2ρ​∑i​∥xi​−zi​+ui​∥22​.

Significance

The closed forms are what make ADMM competitive on these problems. For the lasso the x-update is a ridge regression whose factorization is computed once; for basis pursuit it is a cached projection; the ℓ1 step is a componentwise threshold. For covariance selection the X-update costs one eigenvalue decomposition, and the book (p. 46) cites Scheinberg, Ma and Goldfarb (2010) as showing that ADMM outperforms state-of-the-art methods on this problem. The goal also yields that Xk+1X^{k+1}Xk+1 is always positive definite, so the iterates remain in the domain of log⁡det⁡\log\detlogdet without a line search.

All statements here are classical and their proofs are elementary convex analysis and linear algebra. A search of the platform found no machine-checked version of any of them. Formalizing them produces verified proximity operators (soft thresholding, vector soft thresholding, Huber, projection onto an affine set) and a verified matrix-function argument for log⁡det⁡\log\detlogdet that later missions on ADMM, proximal methods and Gaussian graphical models can import.

Difficulty

The vector updates reduce to separable one-dimensional problems or to a normal equation, and the difficulty there is bookkeeping: uniqueness, the case a=0a=0a=0 of vector soft thresholding, and the three regimes of the Huber prox.

The goal is harder. The book's argument says that XXX satisfies the gradient equation "and thus minimizes the X-minimization objective". Checking the equation is algebra; the claim to be proved is minimality over the open cone S++n\mathbb S^n_{++}S++n​, which needs the convexity (indeed strict convexity, for uniqueness) of −log⁡det⁡-\log\det−logdet on positive definite matrices and the identification of its gradient with −X−1-X^{-1}−X−1 along symmetric directions. Mathlib has determinants and positive definiteness; a usable convexity statement for log⁡det⁡\log\detlogdet on S++n\mathbb S^n_{++}S++n​ is not among the platform's published results. Showing that XXX satisfies (6.5) alone does not establish the goal.

Formalization scope

  • Carriers. Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), matrices Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ acting by Matrix.toEuclideanLin. The Frobenius norm and the entrywise ℓ1 norm are written as explicit sums, not through Mathlib's matrix norm instances. The vector ℓ1 norm is the platform definition HighDimStat.SparseLinear.l1Norm.
  • Updates as unique minimizers. Each update is stated as: the book's formula is the unique minimizer of the subproblem (IsUniqueMinimizerOn). Iterates are not defined; the subproblem's data (zkz^kzk, uku^kuk, xk+1x^{k+1}xk+1) are arbitrary.
  • Domain of log det. The X-objective is minimized over Matrix.PosDef only. Singular or indefinite matrices are never competitors, so Real.log of a nonpositive determinant plays no role.
  • Explicit hypotheses. SSS and Z−UZ-UZ−U are assumed symmetric in the goal and the first-order condition; SSS need not be positive semidefinite. ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 everywhere. Basis pursuit assumes det⁡(AAT)≠0\det(AA^T)\ne0det(AAT)=0, which the book uses without stating. The book's λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 is relaxed to λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 in the thresholding statements, which contain the book's case.
  • Eigendecomposition. The goal holds for every orthogonal QQQ and real μ\muμ with ρ(Z−U)−S=Q diag(μ)QT\rho(Z-U)-S=Q\,\mathrm{diag}(\mu)Q^Tρ(Z−U)−S=Qdiag(μ)QT, not for one decomposition chosen by Mathlib.
  • Names. The book uses λ\lambdaλ for both the regularization weight and the eigenvalues; Lean calls them lam and μ.
  • Typo. The book prints uku^kuk in the group-lasso block update; the block uiku_i^kuik​ is stated.
  • Ruled out. A goal that only asserts that XXX satisfies (6.5), or that minimizes over a set extended by Real.log of nonpositive determinants, is not the book's claim; the goal states unique minimality over S++n\mathbb S^n_{++}S++n​.
  • Not stated. Least absolute deviations and the generalized lasso updates (same pattern as milestones 5 and 7), the overlapping group lasso, and the two-step termination claim for Huber fitting on p. 40 (whose formula xls=(ATA)−1bx^{\mathrm{ls}}=(A^TA)^{-1}bxls=(ATA)−1b is misprinted).

Contributions welcome: convexity and strict convexity of −log⁡det⁡-\log\det−logdet on S++n\mathbb S^n_{++}S++n​ and its derivative; a general "prox of a separable function is componentwise" lemma; and the projection onto an affine set.

Selected references

  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato, J. Eckstein, Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 3(1), 2011, pp. 1–122. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000016
  • O. Banerjee, L. El Ghaoui, A. d'Aspremont, Model Selection Through Sparse Maximum Likelihood Estimation for Multivariate Gaussian or Binary Data, Journal of Machine Learning Research 9, 2008, pp. 485–516. https://jmlr.org/papers/v9/banerjee08a.html
  • J. Friedman, T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, Sparse Inverse Covariance Estimation with the Graphical Lasso, Biostatistics 9(3), 2008, pp. 432–441. https://doi.org/10.1093/biostatistics/kxm045
  • K. Scheinberg, S. Ma, D. Goldfarb, Sparse Inverse Covariance Selection via Alternating Linearization Methods, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 23, 2010 (reference [148] of the book).
  • R. Tibshirani, Regression Shrinkage and Selection via the Lasso, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 58(1), 1996, pp. 267–288. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1996.tb02080.x
  • M. Yuan, Y. Lin, Model Selection and Estimation in Regression with Grouped Variables, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 68(1), 2006, pp. 49–67. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9868.2005.00532.x
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers V: Sharing ADMM — the z-Update Reduces to One n-Variable Problem and the Dual Variables AgreeTextbook

Why consensus and sharing

Many large optimization problems arising in statistics, machine learning, signal processing and resource allocation have an objective that is a sum of terms, each depending on data held by a different processor, or a coupling term that depends on the sum of the agents' decisions. Chapter 7 of Boyd, Parikh, Chu, Peleato and Eckstein's monograph on the alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) (Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 3(1), 2011) introduces two templates that turn such problems into distributed algorithms: consensus and sharing. Nearly every distributed application in the rest of the monograph (distributed lasso, distributed logistic regression, splitting across examples and across features in Chapter 8) is an instance of one of the two. Consensus problems in the context of ADMM go back to Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (Parallel and Distributed Computation, 1989).

The value of the templates lies in a handful of exact algebraic facts about the ADMM subproblems: the global update is an average, the dual variables average to zero, and the sharing update, which looks like a problem in NnNnNn variables, is really a problem in nnn variables. These facts are what this mission formalizes.

Setting

There are N≥1N\ge1N≥1 agents. Vectors live in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean inner product, and an overline denotes an average over agents, vˉ=1N∑i=1Nvi\bar v=\frac1N\sum_{i=1}^N v_ivˉ=N1​∑i=1N​vi​. Each local cost fif_ifi​ and the shared cost ggg are functions into R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}. The penalty parameter is ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0.

Global variable consensus (§7.1) is the problem

minimize ∑i=1Nfi(xi)subject to xi−z=0, i=1,…,N,\text{minimize }\sum_{i=1}^N f_i(x_i)\quad\text{subject to } x_i-z=0,\ i=1,\dots,N,minimize i=1∑N​fi​(xi​)subject to xi​−z=0, i=1,…,N,

with local variables xi∈Rnx_i\in\mathbb R^nxi​∈Rn and a global variable zzz. ADMM alternates a parallel xix_ixi​-update, an averaging zzz-update and a dual update of the multipliers yiy_iyi​. With a regularizer g(z)g(z)g(z) added (7.2), the zzz-update (7.4) becomes a minimization involving ggg.

General form consensus (§7.2) lets local variable xi∈Rnix_i\in\mathbb R^{n_i}xi​∈Rni​ copy only some entries of zzz: entry jjj of xix_ixi​ corresponds to entry zG(i,j)z_{\mathcal G(i,j)}zG(i,j)​, and z~i∈Rni\tilde z_i\in\mathbb R^{n_i}z~i​∈Rni​ is defined by (z~i)j=zG(i,j)(\tilde z_i)_j=z_{\mathcal G(i,j)}(z~i​)j​=zG(i,j)​. The number of local entries copying zgz_gzg​ is kgk_gkg​.

Sharing (§7.3) is the problem

minimize ∑i=1Nfi(xi)+g(∑i=1Nxi),(7.11)\text{minimize }\sum_{i=1}^N f_i(x_i)+g\Big(\sum_{i=1}^N x_i\Big),\tag{7.11}minimize i=1∑N​fi​(xi​)+g(i=1∑N​xi​),(7.11)

written for ADMM with copies ziz_izi​ of the xix_ixi​ (7.12). In scaled form, with ai=uik+xik+1a_i=u_i^k+x_i^{k+1}ai​=uik​+xik+1​, its zzz-update is

(z1k+1,…,zNk+1)∈argmin⁡z1,…,zN g(∑i=1Nzi)+(ρ/2)∑i=1N∥zi−ai∥22,(z_1^{k+1},\dots,z_N^{k+1})\in\operatorname*{argmin}_{z_1,\dots,z_N}\ g\Big(\sum_{i=1}^N z_i\Big)+(\rho/2)\sum_{i=1}^N\|z_i-a_i\|_2^2,(z1k+1​,…,zNk+1​)∈z1​,…,zN​argmin​ g(i=1∑N​zi​)+(ρ/2)i=1∑N​∥zi​−ai​∥22​,

followed by uik+1=uik+xik+1−zik+1u_i^{k+1}=u_i^k+x_i^{k+1}-z_i^{k+1}uik+1​=uik​+xik+1​−zik+1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: the sharing zzz-update reduction (§7.3, p. 57)

For every a1,…,aNa_1,\dots,a_Na1​,…,aN​: (z1,…,zN)(z_1,\dots,z_N)(z1​,…,zN​) solves the NnNnNn-variable zzz-update iff zˉ\bar zzˉ solves

minimize⁡zˉ∈Rn g(Nzˉ)+(ρ/2)∑i=1N∥zˉ−aˉ∥22\operatorname*{minimize}_{\bar z\in\mathbb R^n}\ g(N\bar z)+(\rho/2)\sum_{i=1}^N\|\bar z-\bar a\|_2^2zˉ∈Rnminimize​ g(Nzˉ)+(ρ/2)i=1∑N​∥zˉ−aˉ∥22​

and

zi=ai+zˉ−aˉ(7.13);z_i=a_i+\bar z-\bar a\quad (7.13);zi​=ai​+zˉ−aˉ(7.13);

and along every run of sharing ADMM,

uik+1=uˉk+xˉk+1−zˉk+1(7.14),u_i^{k+1}=\bar u^k+\bar x^{k+1}-\bar z^{k+1}\quad(7.14),uik+1​=uˉk+xˉk+1−zˉk+1(7.14),

so all scaled dual variables agree after one step.

Milestones

  • §7.1: the consensus zzz-update is zk+1=xˉk+1+(1/ρ)yˉkz^{k+1}=\bar x^{k+1}+(1/\rho)\bar y^kzk+1=xˉk+1+(1/ρ)yˉ​k; then yˉk+1=0\bar y^{k+1}=0yˉ​k+1=0, zk=xˉkz^k=\bar x^kzk=xˉk and the simplified iteration.
  • (7.4), §7.1.1: with a regularizer, the zzz-update is averaging followed by a proximal step with weight NρN\rhoNρ; the soft-threshold (g=λ∥⋅∥1g=\lambda\|\cdot\|_1g=λ∥⋅∥1​) and positive-part (ggg the indicator of R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​) examples.
  • §7.2: the general form zzz-update is local averaging, and the dual entries attached to each global index sum to zero after the first iteration.
  • (7.13): with zˉ\bar zzˉ fixed, zi=ai+zˉ−aˉz_i=a_i+\bar z-\bar azi​=ai​+zˉ−aˉ is the unique minimizer.

Significance

The reduction is what makes sharing ADMM scale: the central step needs only the averages xˉk+1\bar x^{k+1}xˉk+1, uˉk\bar u^kuˉk and one nnn-dimensional proximal problem, regardless of the number of agents, and the dual state collapses to a single vector. The same reduction underlies exchange ADMM (§7.3.2) and the splitting-across-features algorithms of §8.3. The consensus facts explain why the fusion center only averages and why the dual variables can be dropped from its update.

All results of the chapter are proved, informally, in the monograph; they are elementary. To our knowledge none has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces checked statements of the update formulas that later chapters of the series and distributed-optimization developments can cite instead of re-deriving.

Difficulty

The statements are exact identities between minimizer sets of nonsmooth problems in which ggg may be any extended-real-valued function: there is no first-order condition to use, so each step must be argued by comparing objective values, and the iff requires producing, for an arbitrary competitor, a competitor of the reduced problem with no larger value. The index bookkeeping is the other half: averages of sums of sequences indexed by agents and by iterations, the off-by-one in "after the first iteration", and in §7.2 sums over the fibres {(i,j):G(i,j)=g}\{(i,j):\mathcal G(i,j)=g\}{(i,j):G(i,j)=g} of an index map between local vectors of different dimensions.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); agents are indexed by Fin N, so the book's i=1,…,Ni=1,\dots,Ni=1,…,N is Lean's i−1i-1i−1; components are 0-based as well.
  • An extended-real-valued function is encoded by its effective domain (a set) and its finite values; every minimization is over the domain. Convexity is not assumed: none of the stated identities needs it, so the statements are slightly more general than the chapter's standing assumption that each fif_ifi​ is convex.
  • Iterates are hypotheses: a run is any sequence satisfying the update rules (argmin properties, not chosen minimizers). The consensus run uses the averaging formula exactly as printed on p. 49; the general form and sharing runs use the argmin form printed on pp. 55–56.
  • Explicit hypotheses that the book leaves implicit: N≥1N\ge1N≥1, ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 (named lam), kg≥1k_g\ge1kg​≥1 for every global index ggg in §7.2, and the index ranges k≥1k\ge1k≥1 for yˉk=0\bar y^{k}=0yˉ​k=0 and k≥2k\ge2k≥2 for zk=xˉkz^k=\bar x^kzk=xˉk (the starting y0y^0y0 is arbitrary).
  • Corrected misprints: p. 52 prints xˉk+1−(1/ρ)yˉk\bar x^{k+1}-(1/\rho)\bar y^kxˉk+1−(1/ρ)yˉ​k in the soft-threshold and positive-part examples, while the proximal form gives xˉk+1+(1/ρ)yˉk\bar x^{k+1}+(1/\rho)\bar y^kxˉk+1+(1/ρ)yˉ​k; p. 55 prints ∑i=1m\sum_{i=1}^m∑i=1m​ for ∑i=1N\sum_{i=1}^N∑i=1N​; p. 57 writes u∈Rmu\in\mathbf R^mu∈Rm for a vector of Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  • The goal is about minimizers of the NnNnNn-variable zzz-subproblem, not the algebraic identity (7.13) alone, and (7.14) is derived for every run rather than built into a single-dual-variable definition; either shortcut would make the goal trivial.
  • Not included: the consensus residual norms (p. 51), the duality discussion of §7.3.1 and exchange ADMM (§7.3.2). Contributions formalizing them on top of these definitions are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato, J. Eckstein, Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 3(1), 1–122, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000016
  • D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Parallel and Distributed Computation: Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall, 1989. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/pdc.html
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Data-Driven Distributionally Robust Optimization Using the Wasserstein Metric: Performance Guarantees and Tractable Reformulations II: Worst-Case Distributions from a Finite Convex ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

In data-driven stochastic optimization a decision maker knows the distribution of an uncertain parameter ξ\xiξ only through NNN samples ξ^1,…,ξ^N\hat\xi_1,\dots,\hat\xi_Nξ^​1​,…,ξ^​N​. Wasserstein distributionally robust optimization hedges against this ignorance by evaluating a loss ℓ\ellℓ under the worst distribution in a ball, measured in the Wasserstein metric, around the empirical distribution of the samples. Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn (arXiv:1505.05116v3, published in Mathematical Programming 171, 2018) showed that for piecewise concave losses the worst-case expectation is the optimal value of a finite convex program (their Theorem 4.2), which made the approach computationally practical.

Knowing the worst-case value is often not enough. Stress tests of a candidate decision require the extremal distributions themselves: the distributions inside the ball that (nearly) achieve the worst case. Section 4.2 of the paper answers this question. Its Theorem 4.4 shows that the worst case is approached by discrete distributions with at most NKNKNK atoms, read off from near-optimal solutions of a second finite convex program, and its Example 2 shows that a worst-case distribution need not exist at all. This mission formalizes that section. The source is the arXiv preprint version 3 (13 June 2017); all numbering below refers to it.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real vector space with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ (the paper's Rm\mathbb R^mRm), equipped with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra. Linear functionals zzz on EEE act by ⟨z,ξ⟩\langle z,\xi\rangle⟨z,ξ⟩, and the dual norm is ∥z∥∗=sup⁡∥ξ∥≤1⟨z,ξ⟩\|z\|_* = \sup_{\|\xi\|\le 1}\langle z,\xi\rangle∥z∥∗​=sup∥ξ∥≤1​⟨z,ξ⟩. Extended reals R‾=[−∞,+∞]\overline{\mathbb R} = [-\infty,+\infty]R=[−∞,+∞] follow the paper's conventions 0⋅∞=0/0=00\cdot\infty = 0/0 = 00⋅∞=0/0=0 and ∞−∞=∞\infty - \infty = \infty∞−∞=∞.

  • Samples and empirical distribution. ξ^1,…,ξ^N\hat\xi_1,\dots,\hat\xi_Nξ^​1​,…,ξ^​N​ lie in a set Ξ⊆E\Xi\subseteq EΞ⊆E, and P^N=1N∑iδξ^i\widehat{\mathbb P}_N = \frac1N\sum_i\delta_{\hat\xi_i}PN​=N1​∑i​δξ^​i​​.
  • Wasserstein ball. dW(Q1,Q2)d_W(\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2)dW​(Q1​,Q2​) is the infimum of ∫∥ξ1−ξ2∥ Π(dξ1,dξ2)\int\|\xi_1-\xi_2\|\,\Pi(d\xi_1,d\xi_2)∫∥ξ1​−ξ2​∥Π(dξ1​,dξ2​) over couplings Π\PiΠ of Q1\mathbb Q_1Q1​ and Q2\mathbb Q_2Q2​, and Bε(P^N)\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\widehat{\mathbb P}_N)Bε​(PN​) is the set of probability distributions supported on Ξ\XiΞ within distance ε\varepsilonε of P^N\widehat{\mathbb P}_NPN​.
  • Loss. ℓ(ξ)=max⁡k≤Kℓk(ξ)\ell(\xi) = \max_{k\le K}\ell_k(\xi)ℓ(ξ)=maxk≤K​ℓk​(ξ) for measurable pieces ℓk:E→R‾\ell_k : E\to\overline{\mathbb R}ℓk​:E→R, and EQ[ℓ(ξ)]=EQ[max⁡{ℓ,0}]+EQ[min⁡{ℓ,0}]\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}[\ell(\xi)] = \mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}[\max\{\ell,0\}] + \mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}[\min\{\ell,0\}]EQ[ℓ(ξ)]=EQ[max{ℓ,0}]+EQ[min{ℓ,0}].
  • Worst-case expectation (10). sup⁡Q∈Bε(P^N)EQ[ℓ(ξ)]\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\widehat{\mathbb P}_N)}\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}[\ell(\xi)]supQ∈Bε​(PN​)​EQ[ℓ(ξ)].
  • Assumption 4.1. Ξ\XiΞ is convex and closed; every −ℓk-\ell_k−ℓk​ is proper, convex and lower semicontinuous; and no ℓk\ell_kℓk​ is identically −∞-\infty−∞ on Ξ\XiΞ.
  • Program (13). Over weights αik≥0\alpha_{ik}\ge 0αik​≥0 and displacements qik∈Eq_{ik}\in Eqik​∈E,
sup⁡αik,qik 1N∑i=1N∑k=1Kαik ℓk(ξ^i−qikαik)s.t.1N∑i,k∥qik∥≤ε,  ∑kαik=1,  ξ^i−qikαik∈Ξ.\sup_{\alpha_{ik},q_{ik}}\ \frac1N\sum_{i=1}^N\sum_{k=1}^K\alpha_{ik}\,\ell_k\Big(\hat\xi_i-\frac{q_{ik}}{\alpha_{ik}}\Big)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\frac1N\sum_{i,k}\|q_{ik}\|\le\varepsilon,\ \ \sum_k\alpha_{ik}=1,\ \ \hat\xi_i-\frac{q_{ik}}{\alpha_{ik}}\in\Xi .αik​,qik​sup​ N1​i=1∑N​k=1∑K​αik​ℓk​(ξ^​i​−αik​qik​​)s.t.N1​i,k∑​∥qik​∥≤ε,  k∑​αik​=1,  ξ^​i​−αik​qik​​∈Ξ.

When αik=0\alpha_{ik}=0αik​=0 the last constraint forces qik=0q_{ik}=0qik​=0 and the ikikik-th objective term is 000.

  • Candidate distributions. Q=1N∑i,kαik δξik\mathbb Q = \frac1N\sum_{i,k}\alpha_{ik}\,\delta_{\xi_{ik}}Q=N1​∑i,k​αik​δξik​​ with ξik=ξ^i−qik/αik\xi_{ik} = \hat\xi_i - q_{ik}/\alpha_{ik}ξik​=ξ^​i​−qik​/αik​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.4 (worst-case distributions)

Under Assumption 4.1 and for every ε≥0\varepsilon\ge 0ε≥0,

sup⁡Q∈Bε(P^N)EQ[ℓ(ξ)]=optimal value of (13),\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\widehat{\mathbb P}_N)}\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}[\ell(\xi)] = \text{optimal value of (13)},Q∈Bε​(PN​)sup​EQ[ℓ(ξ)]=optimal value of (13),

and for every feasible sequence (αik(r),qik(r))r(\alpha_{ik}(r),q_{ik}(r))_r(αik​(r),qik​(r))r​ of (13) whose objective values converge to that optimal value, the distributions Qr\mathbb Q_rQr​ lie in Bε(P^N)\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\widehat{\mathbb P}_N)Bε​(PN​) and

sup⁡Q∈Bε(P^N)EQ[ℓ(ξ)]=lim⁡r→∞EQr[ℓ(ξ)]=lim⁡r→∞1N∑i,kαik(r) ℓ(ξik(r)).\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\widehat{\mathbb P}_N)}\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}[\ell(\xi)] = \lim_{r\to\infty}\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q_r}[\ell(\xi)] = \lim_{r\to\infty}\frac1N\sum_{i,k}\alpha_{ik}(r)\,\ell(\xi_{ik}(r)).Q∈Bε​(PN​)sup​EQ[ℓ(ξ)]=r→∞lim​EQr​[ℓ(ξ)]=r→∞lim​N1​i,k∑​αik​(r)ℓ(ξik​(r)).

The limits may be +∞+\infty+∞; no finiteness is assumed.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

The proof starts from (10) = (12f) (proof of Theorem 4.2, p. 13), which is posed in mission I of this series, Wasserstein Worst-Case Expectations as Finite Convex Programs, and is not restated here; it will be linked as a milestone once that mission is live.

  1. Lemma 4.5: inf⁡z⟨z,q−αξ^⟩+αf∗(z)\inf_z\langle z,q-\alpha\hat\xi\rangle+\alpha f^*(z)infz​⟨z,q−αξ^​⟩+αf∗(z) is the extended perspective of q↦−f(ξ^−q)q\mapsto -f(\hat\xi-q)q↦−f(ξ^​−q) for proper, convex, lower semicontinuous fff.
  2. (14d)–(14f): the ikikik-th dual term equals αℓk(ξ^−q/α)−χΞ(ξ^−q/α)\alpha\ell_k(\hat\xi-q/\alpha)-\chi_\Xi(\hat\xi-q/\alpha)αℓk​(ξ^​−q/α)−χΞ​(ξ^​−q/α) under the extended-arithmetic conventions.
  3. (12f) = (13), the first part of the proof of Theorem 4.4.
  4. Qr∈Bε(P^N)\mathbb Q_r\in\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\widehat{\mathbb P}_N)Qr​∈Bε​(PN​) for every feasible point of (13).
  5. EQr[ℓ(ξ)]\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q_r}[\ell(\xi)]EQr​[ℓ(ξ)] equals 1N∑i,kαikℓ(ξik)\frac1N\sum_{i,k}\alpha_{ik}\ell(\xi_{ik})N1​∑i,k​αik​ℓ(ξik​) and is at least the objective of (13) for every feasible point.

Companion results

Corollary 4.6: if Ξ\XiΞ is compact or K=1K=1K=1, the sequence has an accumulation point that defines a worst-case distribution. Example 2: for Ξ=R\Xi=\mathbb RΞ=R, N=1N=1N=1, ξ^1=0\hat\xi_1=0ξ^​1​=0, ℓ=max⁡{0,ξ−1}\ell=\max\{0,\xi-1\}ℓ=max{0,ξ−1}, the worst-case expectation is ε\varepsilonε and, for ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, is attained by no distribution in the ball.

Significance

Theorem 4.4 turns the abstract supremum over an infinite-dimensional ball of distributions into a finite-dimensional convex program whose near-optimal solutions are near-worst-case distributions. The atoms ξik\xi_{ik}ξik​ sit within total weighted distance ∑i,kαik∥ξik−ξ^i∥≤Nε\sum_{i,k}\alpha_{ik}\|\xi_{ik}-\hat\xi_i\|\le N\varepsilon∑i,k​αik​∥ξik​−ξ^​i​∥≤Nε of the data, and they may lie off the data, which distinguishes Wasserstein balls from ambiguity sets based on the total variation distance or the Kullback–Leibler divergence. Example 2 marks the boundary: the theorem cannot be upgraded to the existence of a maximizer in general, while Corollary 4.6 names two cases where it can.

The results are proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. The formalization adds a precise account of the extended-arithmetic conventions the paper relies on (0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0, q/0∉Eq/0\notin Eq/0∈/E, ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞), each of which is made explicit in the definitions, and a reusable Lean treatment of extended-valued conjugates and perspective functions on a normed space with an arbitrary norm.

Difficulty

The first claim goes through Lagrangian duality for program (12f), whose constraints involve conjugates that may take the value +∞+\infty+∞; the strong duality and the minimax interchange (14c) must be justified for extended-valued convex functions, not just finite ones. Lemma 4.5 needs the Fenchel–Moreau theorem f∗∗=ff^{**}=ff∗∗=f for proper, convex, lower semicontinuous R‾\overline{\mathbb R}R-valued functions on a finite-dimensional normed space, together with its degenerate case α=0\alpha=0α=0. The second claim is a squeeze argument, but it rests on computing an extended expectation of an R‾\overline{\mathbb R}R-valued function under a discrete measure and on an explicit coupling for the Wasserstein distance. A tempting shortcut, attaining the supremum by a limit distribution, fails: Example 2 shows the maximizing atoms can escape to infinity.

Formalization scope

  • The space is a finite-dimensional real normed space E with [BorelSpace E]; the dual space is StrongDual ℝ E, and the dual norm is the operator norm. All values are in EReal.
  • The Wasserstein distance, the ball (6) and P^N\widehat{\mathbb P}_NPN​ are the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance, ambiguitySet (with p=1p=1p=1) and empiricalDistribution.
  • The extended expectation is the published DupacovaWets.Consistency.expect; it integrates the positive and negative parts separately and returns +∞+\infty+∞ when the positive part is infinite; there is no integrability guard, so a distribution with infinite expected loss pushes (10) to +∞+\infty+∞ as in the paper.
  • Program values are infima or suprema over feasibility predicates, so an empty feasible set gives ±∞\pm\infty±∞, never a junk 000. Program (13) encodes αik=0\alpha_{ik}=0αik​=0 by the clauses "qik=0q_{ik}=0qik​=0" and "objective term =0=0=0" (p. 14).
  • Standing assumptions carried as hypotheses: N≥1N\ge1N≥1, K≥1K\ge1K≥1, ξ^i∈Ξ\hat\xi_i\in\Xiξ^​i​∈Ξ (§2), measurability of each ℓk\ell_kℓk​ (p. 11).
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: dropping the clause αik=0⇒qik=0\alpha_{ik}=0\Rightarrow q_{ik}=0αik​=0⇒qik​=0 or the hypothesis ξ^i∈Ξ\hat\xi_i\in\Xiξ^​i​∈Ξ would change program (13) or make the ball empty, and both are kept explicitly.
  • The objects shared with mission I (extended expectation, worst-case expectation, conjugate, Assumption 4.1, program (12f)) are restated verbatim in this mission's namespace; they will be merged with mission I's copies. Contributions to the convex-analysis groundwork (extended-valued Fenchel–Moreau, perspective functions) are welcome and reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • P. Mohajerin Esfahani and D. Kuhn, Data-Driven Distributionally Robust Optimization Using the Wasserstein Metric: Performance Guarantees and Tractable Reformulations, Mathematical Programming 171, 2018. Version formalized: arXiv:1505.05116v3.
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Convex Optimization Theory, Athena Scientific, 2009 (Propositions 1.6.1 and 5.5.4, used in the proofs).
  • R. T. Rockafellar and R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Data-Driven Distributionally Robust Optimization Using the Wasserstein Metric: Performance Guarantees and Tractable Reformulations I: Wasserstein Worst-Case Expectations as Finite Convex ProgramsResearch Paper

Motivation

A decision maker who must minimize an expected cost EP[h(x,ξ)]\mathbb E^{\mathbb P}[h(x,\xi)]EP[h(x,ξ)] rarely knows the distribution P\mathbb PP of the uncertain parameter ξ\xiξ; usually only NNN samples ξ^1,…,ξ^N\hat\xi_1,\dots,\hat\xi_Nξ^​1​,…,ξ^​N​ are available. Replacing P\mathbb PP by the empirical distribution (sample average approximation) tends to produce decisions that perform poorly out of sample when NNN is small. Distributionally robust optimization instead minimizes the worst expected cost over a set of distributions that are plausible given the data. Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn (arXiv:1505.05116v3, published in Mathematical Programming 171, 2018) take that set to be a ball in the Wasserstein metric around the empirical distribution. Such balls give finite-sample and asymptotic guarantees, but each evaluation of the robust objective is an optimization over infinitely many probability distributions. Section 4.1 of the paper shows that, for a large class of losses, this inner problem is a finite convex program. That result, Theorem 4.2, is the subject of this mission.

Timeline. Wasserstein ambiguity sets for portfolio selection were proposed by Pflug and Wozabal (2007); before this paper, robust problems over such sets were solved with global optimization algorithms (Pflug and Pichler 2014). Strong duality for conic linear and moment problems (Shapiro 2001) underlies the reduction. Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn (preprint 2015, journal 2018) proved the convex reduction for piecewise concave losses; Gao and Kleywegt (arXiv:1604.02199) and Blanchet and Murthy (arXiv:1604.01446) proved strong duality for general transport costs in 2016.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real vector space with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ (the paper's Rm\mathbb R^mRm) and its Borel σ-algebra. Its dual norm is ∥z∥∗=sup⁡∥ξ∥≤1⟨z,ξ⟩\|z\|_* = \sup_{\|\xi\|\le 1}\langle z,\xi\rangle∥z∥∗​=sup∥ξ∥≤1​⟨z,ξ⟩, where ⟨z,ξ⟩\langle z,\xi\rangle⟨z,ξ⟩ is the value of the linear functional zzz at ξ\xiξ. Let Ξ⊆E\Xi\subseteq EΞ⊆E be the support set and ξ^1,…,ξ^N∈Ξ\hat\xi_1,\dots,\hat\xi_N\in\Xiξ^​1​,…,ξ^​N​∈Ξ the samples, with empirical distribution P^N=1N∑i=1Nδξ^i\widehat{\mathbb P}_N=\frac1N\sum_{i=1}^N\delta_{\hat\xi_i}PN​=N1​∑i=1N​δξ^​i​​.

The 1-Wasserstein distance between two distributions is the least transport cost ∫∥ξ−ξ′∥ Π(dξ,dξ′)\int\|\xi-\xi'\|\,\Pi(d\xi,d\xi')∫∥ξ−ξ′∥Π(dξ,dξ′) over all couplings Π\PiΠ with the given marginals. The Wasserstein ball Bε(P^N)\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\widehat{\mathbb P}_N)Bε​(PN​) is the set of probability distributions on Ξ\XiΞ within distance ε≥0\varepsilon\ge 0ε≥0 of P^N\widehat{\mathbb P}_NPN​.

The loss is a pointwise maximum ℓ(ξ)=max⁡k≤Kℓk(ξ)\ell(\xi)=\max_{k\le K}\ell_k(\xi)ℓ(ξ)=maxk≤K​ℓk​(ξ) of measurable functions ℓk:E→R‾=R∪{±∞}\ell_k:E\to\overline{\mathbb R}=\mathbb R\cup\{\pm\infty\}ℓk​:E→R=R∪{±∞}. Its expectation is EQ[ℓ]=EQ[max⁡{ℓ,0}]+EQ[min⁡{ℓ,0}]\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}[\ell]=\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}[\max\{\ell,0\}]+\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}[\min\{\ell,0\}]EQ[ℓ]=EQ[max{ℓ,0}]+EQ[min{ℓ,0}] with ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞. The worst-case expectation is

sup⁡Q∈Bε(P^N)EQ[ℓ(ξ)].(10)\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\varepsilon(\widehat{\mathbb P}_N)}\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}[\ell(\xi)].\tag{10}Q∈Bε​(PN​)sup​EQ[ℓ(ξ)].(10)

The conjugate of f:E→R‾f:E\to\overline{\mathbb R}f:E→R is f∗(z)=sup⁡ξ⟨z,ξ⟩−f(ξ)f^*(z)=\sup_\xi\langle z,\xi\rangle-f(\xi)f∗(z)=supξ​⟨z,ξ⟩−f(ξ), the characteristic function χΞ\chi_\XiχΞ​ is 000 on Ξ\XiΞ and +∞+\infty+∞ off it, and the support function is σΞ(z)=sup⁡ξ∈Ξ⟨z,ξ⟩\sigma_\Xi(z)=\sup_{\xi\in\Xi}\langle z,\xi\rangleσΞ​(z)=supξ∈Ξ​⟨z,ξ⟩. Assumption 4.1 requires Ξ\XiΞ to be convex and closed, each −ℓk-\ell_k−ℓk​ to be proper, convex and lower semicontinuous, and no ℓk\ell_kℓk​ to be identically −∞-\infty−∞ on Ξ\XiΞ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2 (convex reduction)

Under Assumption 4.1, for every ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0, (10) equals

inf⁡λ,si,zik,νik λε+1N∑i=1Nsis.t.[−ℓk]∗(zik−νik)+σΞ(νik)−⟨zik,ξ^i⟩≤si,  ∥zik∥∗≤λ∀i,k.(11)\inf_{\lambda,s_i,z_{ik},\nu_{ik}}\ \lambda\varepsilon+\frac1N\sum_{i=1}^N s_i\quad\text{s.t.}\quad [-\ell_k]^*(z_{ik}-\nu_{ik})+\sigma_\Xi(\nu_{ik})-\langle z_{ik},\hat\xi_i\rangle\le s_i,\ \ \|z_{ik}\|_*\le\lambda\quad\forall i,k.\tag{11}λ,si​,zik​,νik​inf​ λε+N1​i=1∑N​si​s.t.[−ℓk​]∗(zik​−νik​)+σΞ​(νik​)−⟨zik​,ξ^​i​⟩≤si​,  ∥zik​∥∗​≤λ∀i,k.(11)

Milestones, in the order of the paper's proof

  1. (12a)–(12c). Without any convexity, (10) is at most the value of (12c): inf⁡{λε+1N∑isi: sup⁡ξ∈Ξ(ℓ(ξ)−λ∥ξ−ξ^i∥)≤si, λ≥0}\inf\{\lambda\varepsilon+\frac1N\sum_i s_i:\ \sup_{\xi\in\Xi}(\ell(\xi)-\lambda\|\xi-\hat\xi_i\|)\le s_i,\ \lambda\ge0\}inf{λε+N1​∑i​si​: supξ∈Ξ​(ℓ(ξ)−λ∥ξ−ξ^​i​∥)≤si​, λ≥0}.
  2. Corollary 4.3. Without Assumption 4.1, (10) is at most the value of (12f), the program with constraints [−ℓk+χΞ]∗(zik)−⟨zik,ξ^i⟩≤si[-\ell_k+\chi_\Xi]^*(z_{ik})-\langle z_{ik},\hat\xi_i\rangle\le s_i[−ℓk​+χΞ​]∗(zik​)−⟨zik​,ξ^​i​⟩≤si​ and ∥zik∥∗≤λ\|z_{ik}\|_*\le\lambda∥zik​∥∗​≤λ.
  3. (12a) is an equality for ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 under Assumption 4.1.
  4. The case ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0. (10) is the sample average 1N∑iℓ(ξ^i)\frac1N\sum_i\ell(\hat\xi_i)N1​∑i​ℓ(ξ^​i​), the objective of (12b) converges to it as λ→∞\lambda\to\inftyλ→∞, and (12a) is again an equality.
  5. (12e) is an equality. For each constraint, sup⁡ξ∈Ξ(ℓk(ξ)−λ∥ξ−ξ^i∥)=min⁡∥z∥∗≤λsup⁡ξ∈Ξ(ℓk(ξ)−⟨z,ξ−ξ^i⟩)\sup_{\xi\in\Xi}(\ell_k(\xi)-\lambda\|\xi-\hat\xi_i\|)=\min_{\|z\|_*\le\lambda}\sup_{\xi\in\Xi}(\ell_k(\xi)-\langle z,\xi-\hat\xi_i\rangle)supξ∈Ξ​(ℓk​(ξ)−λ∥ξ−ξ^​i​∥)=min∥z∥∗​≤λ​supξ∈Ξ​(ℓk​(ξ)−⟨z,ξ−ξ^​i​⟩).
  6. (10) equals (12f) under Assumption 4.1.
  7. (12f) equals (11) under Assumption 4.1, as optimal values.

Significance

Theorem 4.2 is what makes Wasserstein distributionally robust optimization computable. Once the worst-case expectation is a convex program in (λ,s,z,ν)(\lambda,s,z,\nu)(λ,s,z,ν), minimizing over the decision xxx becomes one larger convex program. Section 5 of the paper derives linear and conic programs from it for piecewise affine losses, uncertainty quantification and two-stage problems. Theorem 4.4 of the same paper (mission II of this series) builds worst-case distributions from the same program. Corollary 4.3 gives a conservative convex bound for losses that are not piecewise concave.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. A formal development needs a working theory of extended-valued conjugates, support functions and inf-convolution in a normed space, Kantorovich-type couplings of an empirical measure, and a minimax theorem over a compact dual ball. Each of these is reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The weak inequality, (10) ≤\le≤ (12f), is the elementary direction: integrate a pointwise bound against a near-optimal coupling. The difficulty lies in the two equalities. Equality in (12a) is strong duality for an infinite-dimensional moment problem whose loss may take the values ±∞\pm\infty±∞ and may be unbounded on an unbounded Ξ\XiΞ. A Slater point exists only for ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, so ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0 needs a separate limit argument. The equality (12f) === (11) is subtle as well. The conjugate of −ℓk+χΞ-\ell_k+\chi_\Xi−ℓk​+χΞ​ is only the closure of the inf-convolution of [−ℓk]∗[-\ell_k]^*[−ℓk​]∗ and σΞ\sigma_\XiσΞ​, so the two constraint sets differ and only the optimal values agree. The paper's sentence "cl[f]≤0[f]\le 0[f]≤0 iff f≤0f\le0f≤0" is false pointwise and cannot be formalized as written.

Formalization scope

  • Space. EEE is a finite-dimensional real normed space with its Borel σ-algebra. The pairing ⟨z,ξ⟩\langle z,\xi\rangle⟨z,ξ⟩ is application of a continuous linear functional zzz, and ∥z∥∗\|z\|_*∥z∥∗​ is the operator norm. These choices keep the paper's arbitrary norm; §5 of the paper uses the 1- and ∞-norms.
  • Extended reals. Values are in EReal. Mathlib's EReal has ⊤+⊥=⊥\top+\bot=\bot⊤+⊥=⊥, whereas the paper has ∞−∞=∞\infty-\infty=\infty∞−∞=∞, so the expectation treats an infinite positive part separately, and [−ℓk+χΞ]∗(z)[-\ell_k+\chi_\Xi]^*(z)[−ℓk​+χΞ​]∗(z) is written as sup⁡ξ∈Ξ(⟨z,ξ⟩+ℓk(ξ))\sup_{\xi\in\Xi}(\langle z,\xi\rangle+\ell_k(\xi))supξ∈Ξ​(⟨z,ξ⟩+ℓk​(ξ)), with no addition at all. The one EReal sum, [−ℓk]∗+σΞ[-\ell_k]^*+\sigma_\Xi[−ℓk​]∗+σΞ​ in (11), never meets ⊤+⊥\top+\bot⊤+⊥ under Assumption 4.1.
  • Programs. Each optimal value is an infimum over a feasibility predicate with real epigraph variables, so an infeasible program has value +∞+\infty+∞.
  • Ball. The ball is the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.ambiguitySet with p=1p=1p=1 around empiricalDistribution. Its condition Q(Ξc)=0\mathbb Q(\Xi^{\mathrm c})=0Q(Ξc)=0 encodes Q∈M(Ξ)\mathbb Q\in\mathcal M(\Xi)Q∈M(Ξ). The finite first moment is automatic at finite distance from P^N\widehat{\mathbb P}_NPN​.
  • Standing assumptions. Every statement carries N≥1N\ge1N≥1, K≥1K\ge1K≥1, ξ^i∈Ξ\hat\xi_i\in\Xiξ^​i​∈Ξ (§2, p. 5) and measurability of each ℓk\ell_kℓk​ (p. 11). The radius condition is ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0, or ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 in milestone 3.
  • Assumption 4.1. Convexity of −ℓk-\ell_k−ℓk​ is stated through its real epigraph, because ConvexOn cannot take an EReal codomain.
  • Not trivializable. The statements cannot be made vacuous by an empty ball, because the samples lie in Ξ\XiΞ. They cannot be trivialized by a junk expectation either: the expectation is not guarded by integrability, so a distribution with infinite expected loss makes (10) infinite, exactly as in the paper.

Welcome contributions are reusable lemmas on EReal-valued conjugates and support functions, the decomposition of a coupling with an empirical marginal into conditional distributions, the dual-norm identity max⁡∥z∥∗≤λ⟨z,v⟩=λ∥v∥\max_{\|z\|_*\le\lambda}\langle z,v\rangle=\lambda\|v\|max∥z∥∗​≤λ​⟨z,v⟩=λ∥v∥, and a Sion-type minimax theorem.

Selected references

  • P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, Data-driven distributionally robust optimization using the Wasserstein metric: performance guarantees and tractable reformulations, arXiv:1505.05116v3, 2017; Math. Program. 171 (2018) 115–166. https://arxiv.org/abs/1505.05116v3
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in M. A. Goberna, M. A. López (eds.), Semi-Infinite Programming, Kluwer, 2001.
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 2010 (Theorem 11.23(a), p. 493).
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Convex Optimization Theory, Athena Scientific, 2009 (Proposition 5.5.4).
  • G. Ch. Pflug, A. Pichler, Multistage Stochastic Optimization, Springer, 2014.
  • G. Ch. Pflug, D. Wozabal, Ambiguity in portfolio selection, Quantitative Finance 7 (2007) 435–442.
  • R. Gao, A. J. Kleywegt, Distributionally robust stochastic optimization with Wasserstein distance, arXiv:1604.02199, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.02199
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying distributional model risk via optimal transport, arXiv:1604.01446, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.01446
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of a Proximal-Like Minimization Algorithm Using Bregman Functions: PMD Attains f(xⁿ) − f(u) ≤ σₙ⁻¹D_ψ(u, x⁰) and Its Iterates Converge to a MinimizerResearch Paper

Motivation

Convex minimization often has a simple objective but no useful closed form for its minimizer. A proximal method replaces one difficult minimization by a sequence of regularized minimizations. The familiar quadratic regularizer treats all directions through a Euclidean norm. In applications with nonnegative variables, entropy-like geometry can be more natural: a step can be penalized by a Bregman distance generated by a strictly convex function. Chen and Teboulle studied a proximal minimization algorithm with this geometry and established a rate in objective values together with convergence of the iterates under the paper's assumptions. Their analysis also removed a bounded-below assumption used in an earlier treatment and allowed step sizes whose sum diverges even if individual steps approach zero (Chen and Teboulle, 1993, pp. 539–540).

This mission records the complete theorem of that paper, rather than only its rate when a minimizer is known to exist. The distinction matters because a proper convex objective can have an infimum of −∞-\infty−∞ or a finite infimum that it never attains. The rate against each comparison point remains meaningful in those cases, and the theorem's value convergence does not presuppose a minimizer.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real normed space, C⊆EC\subseteq EC⊆E the nonempty effective domain of a proper lower semicontinuous convex objective, and f:C→Rf:C\to\mathbb Rf:C→R its finite restriction. Its value outside CCC is +∞+\infty+∞. Thus f∗=inf⁡u∈Cf(u)f_* = \inf_{u\in C}f(u)f∗​=infu∈C​f(u) is an extended-real number that may equal −∞-\infty−∞, and X∗={u∈C:f(u)≤f(v) for every v∈C}X_* = \{u\in C: f(u)\le f(v)\text{ for every }v\in C\}X∗​={u∈C:f(u)≤f(v) for every v∈C} is the set of minimizers, possibly empty.

A Bregman function with zone SSS is a function ψ\psiψ on the closure Sˉ\bar SSˉ of an open set SSS. It is continuously differentiable on SSS, strictly convex and continuous on Sˉ\bar SSˉ, and satisfies the bounded partial-level-set and two sequential conditions of Definition 2.1 (Chen and Teboulle, 1993, p. 539). Its distance-like expression is

Dψ(u,y)=ψ(u)−ψ(y)−⟨u−y,∇ψ(y)⟩,u∈Sˉ, y∈S.D_\psi(u,y)=\psi(u)-\psi(y)-\langle u-y,\nabla\psi(y)\rangle, \qquad u\in\bar S,\ y\in S.Dψ​(u,y)=ψ(u)−ψ(y)−⟨u−y,∇ψ(y)⟩,u∈Sˉ, y∈S.

It is nonnegative and zero exactly when u=yu=yu=y, but need not be symmetric or satisfy a triangle inequality. The zone contains the relative interior of CCC. Starting from x0∈Sx^0\in Sx0∈S and positive steps λk\lambda_kλk​, a PMD run selects xk∈S∩Cx^k\in S\cap Cxk∈S∩C minimizing f(u)+λk−1Dψ(u,xk−1)f(u)+\lambda_k^{-1}D_\psi(u,x^{k-1})f(u)+λk−1​Dψ​(u,xk−1) over u∈C∩Sˉu\in C\cap\bar Su∈C∩Sˉ, for k≥1k\ge1k≥1. Write σn=∑k=1nλk\sigma_n=\sum_{k=1}^n\lambda_kσn​=∑k=1n​λk​. The paper calls this proximal minimization with D-functions (Chen and Teboulle, 1993, pp. 539–540).

Formalization targets

Rate and value convergence

For every n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and every finite comparison point u∈C∩Sˉu\in C\cap\bar Su∈C∩Sˉ, the goal includes

f(xn)−f(u)≤σn−1Dψ(u,x0).f(x^n)-f(u)\le\sigma_n^{-1}D_\psi(u,x^0).f(xn)−f(u)≤σn−1​Dψ​(u,x0).

If σn→+∞\sigma_n\to+\inftyσn​→+∞, then f(xn)→f∗f(x^n)\to f_*f(xn)→f∗​ in the extended reals, including when f∗=−∞f_*=-\inftyf∗​=−∞. This is Theorem 3.4's inequality (20) and its ensuing value-convergence claim (Chen and Teboulle, 1993, p. 542).

Minimizer bound and iterate convergence

For every x∗∈X∗x^*\in X_*x∗∈X∗​, the same rate gives

f(xn)−f(x∗)≤σn−1Dψ(x∗,x0),n≥1.f(x^n)-f(x^*)\le\sigma_n^{-1}D_\psi(x^*,x^0),\qquad n\ge1.f(xn)−f(x∗)≤σn−1​Dψ​(x∗,x0),n≥1.

When X∗≠∅X_*\ne\varnothingX∗​=∅ and σn→+∞\sigma_n\to+\inftyσn​→+∞, the entire sequence xnx^nxn converges to a point of X∗X_*X∗​. The displayed bound is (21), and convergence of the iterates is the final clause of Theorem 3.4. The milestone list follows the authors' statements: the three-point identity, nonnegativity of the distance, Lemma 3.2, and the three parts of Lemma 3.3. Display (17) is an additional supporting theorem item (Chen and Teboulle, 1993, pp. 539–542).

Significance

The rate compares a PMD iterate with any admissible point, so it gives a finite-horizon certificate even before an optimal point is identified. If a minimizer exists, substituting it gives an explicit objective-gap bound. With divergent cumulative steps, the theorem identifies the limiting objective value without assuming that value is finite. Its final clause goes further: when the optimum is attained, the points themselves converge, not merely their objective values (Chen and Teboulle, 1993, p. 542).

The mathematical result was proved in 1993. The formalization task is to state and prove it in Lean with the extended objective, full Bregman-function conditions, and sequence limits visible to later developments. The three-point identity is already posed as a separate public platform theorem from a later mirror-descent treatment; this mission reuses that statement. The remaining statements here are proof obligations, not claims of completed machine-checked proofs. Their definition layer can also support analyses of other nonquadratic proximal algorithms.

Difficulty

The direct one-step minimization comparison alone does not yield the global estimate with σn\sigma_nσn​ and the exact weighted distance terms of Lemma 3.3(iii). It also does not settle convergence of the points: decreasing objective values can coexist with several cluster points. The Bregman function's bounded partial level sets and sequential conditions are needed to rule out that behavior. A further issue appears when f∗=−∞f_*=-\inftyf∗​=−∞: replacing the infimum by a real number, or assuming a minimizer to define it, removes a case that Theorem 3.4 explicitly covers. The original paper separates these issues across Lemmas 3.2–3.3 and Theorem 3.4 (Chen and Teboulle, 1993, pp. 540–542).

Formalization scope

Lean uses a finite-dimensional real normed space in place of Rn\mathbb R^nRn; none of the statements depends on a chosen Euclidean inner product. A derivative is a continuous linear functional, and its value on a vector represents the paper's gradient pairing. The Bregman distance is the already-published definition with the derivative at its second argument. The paper's ψ:Sˉ→R\psi:\bar S\to\mathbb Rψ:Sˉ→R is represented by a total function whose values outside Sˉ\bar SSˉ are unused. Strict convexity on Sˉ\bar SSˉ includes convexity of Sˉ\bar SSˉ. The last sequential condition explicitly requires its first arguments to lie in Sˉ\bar SSˉ, the domain where the paper defines DψD_\psiDψ​.

The extended objective is a nonempty convex domain CCC, a real-valued restriction fff, and an extended-real function equal to +∞+\infty+∞ off CCC. Lower semicontinuity applies to that extended function. The infimum f∗f_*f∗​ is taken in the extended reals; it cannot silently become zero when the values are unbounded below. A PMD run is a predicate on an existing sequence, recording a minimizer in S∩CS\cap CS∩C at each step. This makes explicit the existence consequence for which the paper assumes the gradient of ψ\psiψ has full range; it does not define iterates by a choice operator. Every Bregman distance differentiates at a point of SSS, where ψ\psiψ is C1C^1C1. The rate starts at n=1n=1n=1, so σn>0\sigma_n>0σn​>0 and no finite value is demanded of x0x^0x0. No lower bound on fff is imposed. Contributions proving the milestone inequalities, the extended-real value limit, the Bregman-function examples, and the compactness step for iterate convergence are within scope.

Selected references

  • Gong Chen and Marc Teboulle, Convergence analysis of a proximal-like minimization algorithm using Bregman functions, SIAM Journal on Optimization 3(3), 538–543, 1993. DOI: 10.1137/0803026.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear algebraMachine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Subgradient Methods for Online Learning and Stochastic Optimization 2: Full-Matrix AdaGrad's Regret Is Bounded by tr(G_T^{1/2})Research Paper

Motivation

Online convex optimization is the standard model for learning from a stream of data: in round ttt a learner commits to a point xtx_txt​ in a convex set X⊆Rd\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^dX⊆Rd, a convex loss ftf_tft​ is revealed, and the learner pays ft(xt)+φ(xt)f_t(x_t)+\varphi(x_t)ft​(xt​)+φ(xt​), where φ\varphiφ is a fixed regularizer. Subgradient methods for this model use one fixed geometry (usually the Euclidean one) for every coordinate and every direction, regardless of the data. Duchi, Hazan and Singer (JMLR 12 (2011) 2121–2159) introduced ADAGRAD, which adapts the geometry to the observed subgradients. The diagonal version is one of the most widely used optimizers in machine learning and the ancestor of RMSProp and Adam. This mission formalizes the paper's full-matrix version: the proximal term is built from the matrix square root of the accumulated outer products of the subgradients, so the method adapts to correlated directions, not only to individual coordinates.

The analysis extends the regret bounds of primal-dual subgradient methods and regularized dual averaging (Nesterov 2009; Xiao 2010) and of composite mirror descent to proximal functions that change over time, and combines them with trace inequalities for the matrix square root. Concurrent work by McMahan and Streeter (COLT 2010) studied closely related adaptive proximal methods.

Setting

Vectors live in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​. In round t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… the learner plays xt∈Xx_t\in\mathcal Xxt​∈X and observes a subgradient gt∈∂ft(xt)g_t\in\partial f_t(x_t)gt​∈∂ft​(xt​), that is, ft(y)≥ft(xt)+⟨gt,y−xt⟩f_t(y)\ge f_t(x_t)+\langle g_t,y-x_t\rangleft​(y)≥ft​(xt​)+⟨gt​,y−xt​⟩ for all yyy. The regret against a comparator x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X is

Rϕ(T)=∑t=1T[ft(xt)+φ(xt)−ft(x∗)−φ(x∗)].R_\phi(T)=\sum_{t=1}^T\big[f_t(x_t)+\varphi(x_t)-f_t(x^*)-\varphi(x^*)\big].Rϕ​(T)=t=1∑T​[ft​(xt​)+φ(xt​)−ft​(x∗)−φ(x∗)].

The outer product matrix is Gt=∑τ=1tgτgτ⊤G_t=\sum_{\tau=1}^t g_\tau g_\tau^\topGt​=∑τ=1t​gτ​gτ⊤​, a symmetric positive semidefinite d×dd\times dd×d matrix, and St=Gt1/2S_t=G_t^{1/2}St​=Gt1/2​ is its positive semidefinite square root. With parameters η>0\eta>0η>0 and δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0, ADAGRAD with full matrices (Figure 2 of the paper) sets

Ht=δI+St,ψt(x)=12⟨x,Htx⟩,Bψt(x,y)=12⟨x−y,Ht(x−y)⟩,H_t=\delta I+S_t,\qquad \psi_t(x)=\tfrac12\langle x,H_tx\rangle,\qquad B_{\psi_t}(x,y)=\tfrac12\langle x-y,H_t(x-y)\rangle,Ht​=δI+St​,ψt​(x)=21​⟨x,Ht​x⟩,Bψt​​(x,y)=21​⟨x−y,Ht​(x−y)⟩,

starts at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0, and computes xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ by one of two updates:

  • the primal-dual subgradient update (3): xt+1∈argmin⁡x∈X{η⟨1t∑τ≤tgτ,x⟩+ηφ(x)+1tψt(x)}x_{t+1}\in\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in\mathcal X}\{\eta\langle\tfrac1t\sum_{\tau\le t}g_\tau,x\rangle+\eta\varphi(x)+\tfrac1t\psi_t(x)\}xt+1​∈argminx∈X​{η⟨t1​∑τ≤t​gτ​,x⟩+ηφ(x)+t1​ψt​(x)};
  • the composite mirror descent update (4): xt+1∈argmin⁡x∈X{η⟨gt,x⟩+ηφ(x)+Bψt(x,xt)}x_{t+1}\in\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in\mathcal X}\{\eta\langle g_t,x\rangle+\eta\varphi(x)+B_{\psi_t}(x,x_t)\}xt+1​∈argminx∈X​{η⟨gt​,x⟩+ηφ(x)+Bψt​​(x,xt​)}.

The dual (semi)norm of ψt\psi_tψt​ is ∥v∥ψt∗2=⟨v,Ht†v⟩\|v\|_{\psi_t^*}^2=\langle v,H_t^\dagger v\rangle∥v∥ψt∗​2​=⟨v,Ht†​v⟩, where A†A^\daggerA† is the pseudo-inverse.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7

Assume X\mathcal XX closed and convex, ftf_tft​ and φ\varphiφ convex, and φ\varphiφ minimized over X\mathcal XX at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. For the primal-dual update with δ≥max⁡t≤T∥gt∥2\delta\ge\max_{t\le T}\|g_t\|_2δ≥maxt≤T​∥gt​∥2​, every x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X satisfies

Rϕ(T)≤δη∥x∗∥22+1η∥x∗∥22tr⁡(GT1/2)+ηtr⁡(GT1/2),R_\phi(T)\le\frac\delta\eta\|x^*\|_2^2+\frac1\eta\|x^*\|_2^2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})+\eta\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2}),Rϕ​(T)≤ηδ​∥x∗∥22​+η1​∥x∗∥22​tr(GT1/2​)+ηtr(GT1/2​),

and for the composite mirror descent update with any δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0,

Rϕ(T)≤δη∥x∗∥22+12ηmax⁡t≤T∥x∗−xt∥22tr⁡(GT1/2)+ηtr⁡(GT1/2).R_\phi(T)\le\frac\delta\eta\|x^*\|_2^2+\frac1{2\eta}\max_{t\le T}\|x^*-x_t\|_2^2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})+\eta\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2}).Rϕ​(T)≤ηδ​∥x∗∥22​+2η1​t≤Tmax​∥x∗−xt​∥22​tr(GT1/2​)+ηtr(GT1/2​).

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Lemma 16 and Propositions 3 and 2: regret bounds for mirror descent and dual averaging with time-varying quadratic proximal functions ψt(x)=12⟨x,Htx⟩\psi_t(x)=\tfrac12\langle x,H_tx\rangleψt​(x)=21​⟨x,Ht​x⟩ ((11) and (10)).
  2. Lemma 13: A⪰B⪰0A\succeq B\succeq0A⪰B⪰0 implies A1/2⪰B1/2A^{1/2}\succeq B^{1/2}A1/2⪰B1/2.
  3. The first display of the proof of Theorem 7 and inequality (16): the growth of the Bregman terms is controlled by tr⁡(Gt1/2)\operatorname{tr}(G_t^{1/2})tr(Gt1/2​).
  4. Lemma 14 (∇Xtr⁡(Xp)=pXp−1\nabla_X\operatorname{tr}(X^p)=pX^{p-1}∇X​tr(Xp)=pXp−1), Lemma 8 (a first-order concavity inequality for tr⁡(B1/2)\operatorname{tr}(B^{1/2})tr(B1/2) at singular BBB), Lemma 9, and Lemma 10, the doubling lemma
∑t=1T⟨gt,St†gt⟩≤2∑t=1T⟨gt,ST†gt⟩=2tr⁡(GT1/2).\sum_{t=1}^T\langle g_t,S_t^\dagger g_t\rangle\le2\sum_{t=1}^T\langle g_t,S_T^\dagger g_t\rangle=2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2}).t=1∑T​⟨gt​,St†​gt​⟩≤2t=1∑T​⟨gt​,ST†​gt​⟩=2tr(GT1/2​).
  1. (17): the dual-norm sums of both updates are at most 2tr⁡(GT1/2)2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})2tr(GT1/2​).

Significance

The quantity tr⁡(GT1/2)\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})tr(GT1/2​) can be much smaller than the Tmax⁡t∥gt∥2\sqrt{T}\max_t\|g_t\|_2T​maxt​∥gt​∥2​ factor in the regret of non-adaptive online gradient descent with a tuned step size: it is small when the subgradients concentrate in a few directions, possibly not aligned with the coordinate axes. The paper's Corollary 11 rewrites it as d\sqrt dd​ times the square root of inf⁡{∑tgt⊤S−1gt:S⪰0,tr⁡(S)≤d}\inf\{\sum_t g_t^\top S^{-1}g_t: S\succeq0,\operatorname{tr}(S)\le d\}inf{∑t​gt⊤​S−1gt​:S⪰0,tr(S)≤d}, the gradient term of the best fixed full-matrix proximal function chosen in hindsight. The supporting results have their own uses. Propositions 2 and 3 are the generic regret bounds for adaptive proximal methods. Lemmas 8–10 are trace inequalities for the matrix square root that appear throughout the analysis of second-order online methods.

The results are proved in the paper. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires the matrix functional calculus (square roots, pseudo-inverses, real powers) in a form usable for inequalities, which Mathlib has only partly: for instance, monotonicity of the square root is in Mathlib for C*-algebras, which covers complex but not real matrices. A complete development gives a verified regret bound for an adaptive full-matrix method together with these matrix inequalities.

Difficulty

The online-learning half (Lemma 16, Propositions 2 and 3) is a convex-analysis argument once the proximal functions are quadratic. The obstacle is the matrix half. The natural approach to Lemma 10 is induction with a scalar inequality b−a≤b−a/(2b)\sqrt{b-a}\le\sqrt b-a/(2\sqrt b)b−a​≤b​−a/(2b​) applied eigenvalue by eigenvalue. This fails because GT−1G_{T-1}GT−1​ and GTG_TGT​ do not commute, so their eigenvectors differ. One needs the concavity of A↦tr⁡(A1/2)A\mapsto\operatorname{tr}(A^{1/2})A↦tr(A1/2) on positive semidefinite matrices and its gradient, at points where AAA may be singular. That is where Lemma 8 and the pseudo-inverse enter: the inverse root does not exist, and a limit δ↓0\delta\downarrow0δ↓0 is needed. The same issue arises in Lemma 9 and in the dual norm when δ=0\delta=0δ=0.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so ‖·‖ is the Euclidean norm. Matrices are Matrix (Fin d) (Fin d) ℝ, acting on vectors through Matrix.toEuclideanLin. The square root is Mathlib's CFC.sqrt under the Loewner order (MatrixOrder). The pseudo-inverse is the functional calculus of λ↦λ−1\lambda\mapsto\lambda^{-1}λ↦λ−1 with 0−1=00^{-1}=00−1=0, and B−1/2B^{-1/2}B−1/2 is written as (B†)1/2(B^\dagger)^{1/2}(B†)1/2. Mathlib's matrix inverse is used only where the matrix is invertible or the vector is zero. Rounds are 1-based and G0=0G_0=0G0​=0. The losses and φ\varphiφ are real-valued convex functions, and the constraint is carried by X\mathcal XX. Each update's argmin is a predicate (the next iterate lies in X\mathcal XX and minimizes the objective there), which does not assert existence or uniqueness. A run consists of the TTT rounds of Figure 2, with the subgradient relation imposed in every round. The subgradient relation is the platform's published ShorNonsmooth.AlmostDiff.IsSubgradient.

Restrictions and conventions, each stated in the item that needs it:

  • φ\varphiφ is minimized over X\mathcal XX at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. This is the paper's x1=arg⁡min⁡Xφx_1=\arg\min_{\mathcal X}\varphix1​=argminX​φ. Without it both parts of Theorem 7 are false.
  • Lemma 8 assumes ν≥0\nu\ge0ν≥0. The page says "for any ν\nuν", but the inequality fails for ν<0\nu<0ν<0 (for B=0B=0B=0, ν=−1\nu=-1ν=−1 it reads 2∥g∥2≤02\|g\|_2\le02∥g∥2​≤0). The paper only applies the lemma with ν=1\nu=1ν=1.
  • Lemma 16 and Propositions 2, 3 are specialised to quadratic proximal functions. In Lemma 16 and Proposition 3, HtH_tHt​ is positive semidefinite and gtg_tgt​ lies in its range, so the dual norm is finite. In Proposition 2, HtH_tHt​ is positive definite, the HtH_tHt​ increase, and x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. Lemma 16 asks for x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X. Proposition 3 is stated for T≥1T\ge1T≥1 rounds.
  • H0=δIH_0=\delta IH0​=δI in the dual norm ∥⋅∥ψ0∗\|\cdot\|_{\psi_0^*}∥⋅∥ψ0∗​​ of (17) and Theorem 7. Figure 2's H0=0H_0=0H0​=0 is never used by the updates.
  • Lemma 14's gradient is stated as a directional derivative along every symmetric direction.

A formalization in which the next iterate need not lie in X\mathcal XX, the comparator ranges outside X\mathcal XX, StS_tSt​ is GtG_tGt​ itself or its entrywise square root, or St†S_t^\daggerSt†​ is Mathlib's matrix inverse (which vanishes on singular matrices), states a different theorem and is excluded.

Proofs need the convex-analysis optimality conditions for the two updates, the Loewner-order calculus of CFC.sqrt on real matrices (Lemma 13), concavity and differentiability of tr⁡(A1/2)\operatorname{tr}(A^{1/2})tr(A1/2), and limits δ↓0\delta\downarrow0δ↓0 in the functional calculus. The matrix lemmas (13, 14, 8, 9, 10) are reusable outside this paper. Alternative proofs, for instance of Lemma 10 through operator concavity, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Duchi, E. Hazan, Y. Singer, Adaptive Subgradient Methods for Online Learning and Stochastic Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 12 (2011) 2121–2159. https://jmlr.org/papers/v12/duchi11a.html
  • H. B. McMahan, M. Streeter, Adaptive Bound Optimization for Online Convex Optimization, COLT 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/1002.4908
  • L. Xiao, Dual Averaging Methods for Regularized Stochastic Learning and Online Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11 (2010) 2543–2596. https://jmlr.org/papers/v11/xiao10a.html
  • Y. Nesterov, Primal-dual subgradient methods for convex problems, Mathematical Programming 120 (2009) 221–259. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0149-x
  • T. Ando, Concavity of certain maps on positive definite matrices and applications to Hadamard products, Linear Algebra and its Applications 26 (1979) 203–241. https://doi.org/10.1016/0024-3795(79)90179-4
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers III: Parallel Projections — the Dual Average Vanishes and ADMM Reduces to Project-and-AverageTextbook

Motivation

Many feasibility problems ask for a point satisfying several constraints at once. When each constraint set admits a manageable Euclidean projection, a parallel method can project onto all sets independently and combine the results. Chapter 5 of Boyd, Parikh, Chu, Peleato and Eckstein (2011) places this construction inside the alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM). That connection matters when a single projection onto the intersection is difficult but projections onto its individual factors are available.

The chapter first rewrites constrained convex optimization as a split problem. It then treats feasibility for two sets and finally an arbitrary finite collection of sets. For the latter, the product of the sets captures the separate constraints, while a consensus set forces all copies of the variable to agree. These are ordinary finite dimensional convex sets, so the account applies to geometric feasibility and to constrained optimization subproblems in which projection is the computational primitive. The mission isolates the identities that let the product-space algorithm run through parallel individual projections and one average.

Setting

A Euclidean projection of a vector vvv onto a set CCC is a point p∈Cp\in Cp∈C closest to vvv in Euclidean distance. Each set Ai⊆Rn\mathcal A_i\subseteq\mathbb R^nAi​⊆Rn, for i=1,…,Ni=1,\ldots,Ni=1,…,N, is assumed nonempty, closed and convex, and N≥1N\ge1N≥1. These properties give a unique projection for every input. They do not require the common intersection ⋂iAi\bigcap_i\mathcal A_i⋂i​Ai​ to be nonempty: the iteration and the algebraic identities still make sense when the feasibility problem has no solution.

A block vector x=(x1,…,xN)x=(x_1,\ldots,x_N)x=(x1​,…,xN​) belongs to the product set C=A1×⋯×AN\mathcal C=\mathcal A_1\times\cdots\times\mathcal A_NC=A1​×⋯×AN​ exactly when xi∈Aix_i\in\mathcal A_ixi​∈Ai​ for all iii. The consensus set D\mathcal DD consists of constant block vectors (z,…,z)(z,\ldots,z)(z,…,z). The block average is xˉ=N−1∑ixi\bar x=N^{-1}\sum_i x_ixˉ=N−1∑i​xi​. Distances in the stacked space use the ordinary Euclidean metric, whose square is ∑i∥xi−yi∥22\sum_i\|x_i-y_i\|_2^2∑i​∥xi​−yi​∥22​. A block vector need not carry a function-space norm in the formalization for this metric to be stated precisely.

Starting with arbitrary z0∈Rnz^0\in\mathbb R^nz0∈Rn and u0=(ui0)u^0=(u_i^0)u0=(ui0​), the parallel projection ADMM run has three updates: each xik+1x_i^{k+1}xik+1​ is the projection of zk−uikz^k-u_i^kzk−uik​ onto Ai\mathcal A_iAi​; zk+1z^{k+1}zk+1 is the average of xik+1+uikx_i^{k+1}+u_i^kxik+1​+uik​; and uik+1=uik+xik+1−zk+1u_i^{k+1}=u_i^k+x_i^{k+1}-z^{k+1}uik+1​=uik​+xik+1​−zk+1. The uiku_i^kuik​ are scaled dual variables, formed using a penalty parameter ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0. The source presents these equations as the specialization of scaled ADMM for the indicator functions of C\mathcal CC and D\mathcal DD §5.1.2, pp. 35–36.

Formalization targets

The first targets identify the projections that make the iteration parallel:

ΠC(x)=(ΠA1(x1),…,ΠAN(xN)),ΠD(x)=(xˉ,…,xˉ).\Pi_{\mathcal C}(x)=(\Pi_{\mathcal A_1}(x_1),\ldots,\Pi_{\mathcal A_N}(x_N)),\qquad \Pi_{\mathcal D}(x)=(\bar x,\ldots,\bar x).ΠC​(x)=(ΠA1​​(x1​),…,ΠAN​​(xN​)),ΠD​(x)=(xˉ,…,xˉ).

The goal is the full reduction of a run. Its dual average is zero after every update, and its common vector equals the primal average from the following update onward:

uˉk+1=0(k≥0),zk+1=xˉk+1(k≥1).\bar u^{k+1}=0\quad(k\ge0),\qquad z^{k+1}=\bar x^{k+1}\quad(k\ge1).uˉk+1=0(k≥0),zk+1=xˉk+1(k≥1).

Consequently, for every k≥2k\ge2k≥2 and every iii, the same iterates obey the simpler two-line algorithm

xik+1=ΠAi(xˉk−uik),uik+1=uik+xik+1−xˉk+1.x_i^{k+1}=\Pi_{\mathcal A_i}(\bar x^k-u_i^k),\qquad u_i^{k+1}=u_i^k+x_i^{k+1}-\bar x^{k+1}.xik+1​=ΠAi​​(xˉk−uik​),uik+1​=uik​+xik+1​−xˉk+1.

If uˉ0=0\bar u^0=0uˉ0=0, those last identities hold already for k≥1k\ge1k≥1. The index qualification is necessary because z0z^0z0 is arbitrary, and z1z^1z1 still contains the initial dual average unless that average was zero. This is the precise reading of the source's “after the first step” statement §5.1.2, p. 36. The milestone list also records the indicator-function projection update on p. 33 and the averaged identities on p. 36.

Significance

The result identifies what information must pass between the parallel projection steps: each local step needs the shared average and its own dual displacement. It also fixes the relationship between the displayed three-variable ADMM iteration and the shorter project-and-average rule. Without the dual-average identity, replacing zkz^kzk by xˉk\bar x^kxˉk is not justified at the initial indices. The product and consensus projection identities explain why the update can be decomposed into independent local projections followed by a mean §5.1.2, p. 35.

The chapter's identities are known mathematical results; this mission asks for machine-checked proofs of their stated finite dimensional version. A completed development supplies reusable statements about nearest-point projection onto products and diagonal sets, and a precise run predicate for later analysis of parallel ADMM. The goal is a statement about every valid run rather than a claim of convergence or existence of a feasible common point. Neither convergence nor feasibility of the intersection is concluded on these pages. Those distinctions keep the mission aligned with the actual scope of Chapter 5.

Difficulty

The product projection uses a sum of squared component distances. Treating a block vector as an arbitrary function and applying its default norm would change the metric, so a projection theorem stated that way would describe a different algorithm. The consensus projection likewise depends on the Euclidean sum and the finite average, including the condition N≥1N\ge1N≥1. The run reduction has a separate indexing difficulty: the vanishing average follows after one dual update, but the first simplified projection step can occur later because it uses the previous common vector. An argument that silently assumes z0=xˉ0z^0=\bar x^0z0=xˉ0 would erase the arbitrary initialization on the source page.

Formalization scope

Lean represents each Rn\mathbb R^nRn as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and the NNN blocks as a function on Fin N; the latter is the source's 111-based indexing shifted to 000-based indices. Squared stacked distance is defined as the sum of squared component norms. The average uses the real factor 1/N1/N1/N only under 0<N0<N0<N. Individual projections reuse the published nearest-point relation RandomGradFree.Nonsmooth.IsMetricProjection. A run records the three updates as conditions on sequences, with arbitrary z0,u0z^0,u^0z0,u0 and unused x0x^0x0. The source's scaled dual variable uuu appears directly; ρ\rhoρ cancels from these projection updates once it is positive.

The source assumes closed convex sets; nonemptiness is stated explicitly here because a projection onto an empty set does not exist. The book prints −zk-z^k−zk in its averaged dual update on p. 36, while its defining update on p. 35 and the next line on p. 36 require −zk+1-z^{k+1}−zk+1. The formal statement uses the corrected index. The book also calls the individual sets Ci\mathcal C_iCi​ in its closing sentence; the sets defined for this subsection are Ai\mathcal A_iAi​. The milestone quote preserves the printed intermediate index. The goal includes the simplified primal and dual updates, since asserting only that the dual average vanishes would omit the chapter's advertised reduction.

The development needs finite sums in Euclidean spaces, convex-set projection, and elementary properties of product and diagonal sets. Product and consensus projection results are useful beyond ADMM. Contributions proving the four milestones, the full run theorem, or equivalent projection lemmas at the same generality are within scope.

Selected references

  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato and J. Eckstein, Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 3(1), 2011, pp. 1–122. DOI: 10.1561/2200000016.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers I: Under a Lagrangian Saddle Point, ADMM Residuals Vanish and Objective Values ConvergeTextbook

Why ADMM convergence matters

The alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) is one of the most widely used algorithms for large-scale convex optimization in statistics, machine learning and signal processing. Its appeal is decomposition: a problem whose objective splits into two parts, coupled only by a linear constraint, is solved by alternately minimizing over each part and updating a dual variable. Each subproblem is often a proximity operator, a projection or a small linear system, so ADMM turns problems such as the lasso, sparse inverse covariance selection and consensus fitting across many machines into sequences of simple steps. The survey of Boyd, Parikh, Chu, Peleato and Eckstein (DOI 10.1561/2200000016) made the method standard, and every algorithm in its later chapters is justified by one convergence result, stated in §3.2.1 and proved in Appendix A. This mission formalizes that result and the inequalities behind it.

The method goes back to Gabay and Mercier (1976). Eckstein and Bertsekas (1992) proved convergence through the theory of maximal monotone operators, by identifying ADMM with Douglas–Rachford splitting applied to the dual problem. The proof in Appendix A of the survey is different: it is a direct Lyapunov argument in finite dimensions that uses only convexity and elementary algebra.

Setting

Let f:Rn→R∪{+∞}f:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}f:Rn→R∪{+∞} and g:Rm→R∪{+∞}g:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}g:Rm→R∪{+∞}, let A∈Rp×nA\in\mathbb R^{p\times n}A∈Rp×n, B∈Rp×mB\in\mathbb R^{p\times m}B∈Rp×m and c∈Rpc\in\mathbb R^pc∈Rp. The problem is

minimize f(x)+g(z)subject to Ax+Bz=c,(3.1)\text{minimize } f(x)+g(z)\quad\text{subject to } Ax+Bz=c, \tag{3.1}minimize f(x)+g(z)subject to Ax+Bz=c,(3.1)

with optimal value p⋆=inf⁡{f(x)+g(z)∣Ax+Bz=c}p^\star=\inf\{f(x)+g(z)\mid Ax+Bz=c\}p⋆=inf{f(x)+g(z)∣Ax+Bz=c}. The augmented Lagrangian with parameter ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0 is

Lρ(x,z,y)=f(x)+g(z)+yT(Ax+Bz−c)+ρ2∥Ax+Bz−c∥22,L_\rho(x,z,y)=f(x)+g(z)+y^T(Ax+Bz-c)+\tfrac{\rho}{2}\|Ax+Bz-c\|_2^2,Lρ​(x,z,y)=f(x)+g(z)+yT(Ax+Bz−c)+2ρ​∥Ax+Bz−c∥22​,

and L0L_0L0​ is the ordinary Lagrangian. For ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, ADMM generates iterates by

xk+1∈argmin⁡xLρ(x,zk,yk),zk+1∈argmin⁡zLρ(xk+1,z,yk),yk+1=yk+ρ(Axk+1+Bzk+1−c).x^{k+1}\in\operatorname*{argmin}_x L_\rho(x,z^k,y^k),\quad z^{k+1}\in\operatorname*{argmin}_z L_\rho(x^{k+1},z,y^k),\quad y^{k+1}=y^k+\rho(Ax^{k+1}+Bz^{k+1}-c).xk+1∈xargmin​Lρ​(x,zk,yk),zk+1∈zargmin​Lρ​(xk+1,z,yk),yk+1=yk+ρ(Axk+1+Bzk+1−c).

The state is (zk,yk)(z^k,y^k)(zk,yk); x0x^0x0 plays no role. The primal residual is rk=Axk+Bzk−cr^k=Ax^k+Bz^k-crk=Axk+Bzk−c, the dual residual is sk=ρATB(zk−zk−1)s^k=\rho A^TB(z^k-z^{k-1})sk=ρATB(zk−zk−1), and pk=f(xk)+g(zk)p^k=f(x^k)+g(z^k)pk=f(xk)+g(zk).

Two assumptions are made. Assumption 1: fff and ggg are closed, proper and convex. Assumption 2: L0L_0L0​ has a saddle point (x⋆,z⋆,y⋆)(x^\star,z^\star,y^\star)(x⋆,z⋆,y⋆), i.e. L0(x⋆,z⋆,y)≤L0(x⋆,z⋆,y⋆)≤L0(x,z,y⋆)L_0(x^\star,z^\star,y)\le L_0(x^\star,z^\star,y^\star)\le L_0(x,z,y^\star)L0​(x⋆,z⋆,y)≤L0​(x⋆,z⋆,y⋆)≤L0​(x,z,y⋆) for all x,z,yx,z,yx,z,y. Nothing is assumed about the ranks of AAA and BBB. The convergence proof uses the Lyapunov function

Vk=1ρ∥yk−y⋆∥22+ρ∥B(zk−z⋆)∥22.V^k=\tfrac1\rho\|y^k-y^\star\|_2^2+\rho\|B(z^k-z^\star)\|_2^2 .Vk=ρ1​∥yk−y⋆∥22​+ρ∥B(zk−z⋆)∥22​.

Formalization targets

Goal: residual and objective convergence (§3.2.1, p. 17; Appendix A, p. 106)

Under Assumptions 1 and 2 and for ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, every ADMM run satisfies

rk→0,f(xk)+g(zk)→p⋆,sk→0(k→∞).r^k\to0,\qquad f(x^k)+g(z^k)\to p^\star,\qquad s^k\to0\qquad(k\to\infty).rk→0,f(xk)+g(zk)→p⋆,sk→0(k→∞).

The statement fixes no rate and no constant. It does not claim convergence of xkx^kxk or zkz^kzk, which fails in general (p. 17).

Milestones

In the order of Appendix A:

  1. (3.10) holds along the iteration: 0∈∂g(zk+1)+BTyk+10\in\partial g(z^{k+1})+B^Ty^{k+1}0∈∂g(zk+1)+BTyk+1 (§3.3, p. 18);
  2. the dual residual inclusion ρATB(zk+1−zk)∈∂f(xk+1)+ATyk+1\rho A^TB(z^{k+1}-z^k)\in\partial f(x^{k+1})+A^Ty^{k+1}ρATB(zk+1−zk)∈∂f(xk+1)+ATyk+1 (§3.3, p. 18);
  3. (A.3) p⋆−pk+1≤y⋆Trk+1p^\star-p^{k+1}\le y^{\star T}r^{k+1}p⋆−pk+1≤y⋆Trk+1;
  4. (A.2) pk+1−p⋆≤−(yk+1)Trk+1−ρ(B(zk+1−zk))T(−rk+1+B(zk+1−z⋆))p^{k+1}-p^\star\le-(y^{k+1})^Tr^{k+1}-\rho(B(z^{k+1}-z^k))^T(-r^{k+1}+B(z^{k+1}-z^\star))pk+1−p⋆≤−(yk+1)Trk+1−ρ(B(zk+1−zk))T(−rk+1+B(zk+1−z⋆));
  5. (3.11) pk−p⋆≤−(yk)Trk+(xk−x⋆)Tskp^k-p^\star\le-(y^k)^Tr^k+(x^k-x^\star)^Ts^kpk−p⋆≤−(yk)Trk+(xk−x⋆)Tsk;
  6. the monotonicity step (yk+1−yk)T(B(zk+1−zk))≤0(y^{k+1}-y^k)^T(B(z^{k+1}-z^k))\le0(yk+1−yk)T(B(zk+1−zk))≤0 for k≥1k\ge1k≥1 (p. 110);
  7. (A.6) Vk−Vk+1≥ρ∥rk+1−B(zk+1−zk)∥22V^k-V^{k+1}\ge\rho\|r^{k+1}-B(z^{k+1}-z^k)\|_2^2Vk−Vk+1≥ρ∥rk+1−B(zk+1−zk)∥22​;
  8. (A.1) Vk+1≤Vk−ρ∥rk+1∥22−ρ∥B(zk+1−zk)∥22V^{k+1}\le V^k-\rho\|r^{k+1}\|_2^2-\rho\|B(z^{k+1}-z^k)\|_2^2Vk+1≤Vk−ρ∥rk+1∥22​−ρ∥B(zk+1−zk)∥22​ for k≥1k\ge1k≥1;
  9. the summed bound ρ∑k≥1(∥rk+1∥22+∥B(zk+1−zk)∥22)≤V1\rho\sum_{k\ge1}(\|r^{k+1}\|_2^2+\|B(z^{k+1}-z^k)\|_2^2)\le V^1ρ∑k≥1​(∥rk+1∥22​+∥B(zk+1−zk)∥22​)≤V1, with rk→0r^k\to0rk→0 and B(zk+1−zk)→0B(z^{k+1}-z^k)\to0B(zk+1−zk)→0;
  10. the stopping-rule bound pk−p⋆≤−(yk)Trk+d∥sk∥2≤∥yk∥2∥rk∥2+d∥sk∥2p^k-p^\star\le-(y^k)^Tr^k+d\|s^k\|_2\le\|y^k\|_2\|r^k\|_2+d\|s^k\|_2pk−p⋆≤−(yk)Trk+d∥sk∥2​≤∥yk∥2​∥rk∥2​+d∥sk∥2​ when ∥xk−x⋆∥2≤d\|x^k-x^\star\|_2\le d∥xk−x⋆∥2​≤d (§3.3.1, p. 19).

Significance

The theorem is what licenses every specialized ADMM of the survey (lasso, basis pursuit, covariance selection, consensus and sharing, distributed model fitting): each of these chapters only computes the subproblem solutions, and correctness of the overall method is inherited from §3.2.1. Inequality (3.11) and its corollary in §3.3.1 justify the primal/dual residual stopping criterion (3.12) used in practice: small residuals certify small suboptimality.

The result itself is classical and proved; it is not open. To our knowledge no machine-checked proof of convex two-block ADMM convergence exists in Lean's Mathlib. Formalizing it produces a reusable development of the augmented Lagrangian method with explicit domain handling for extended-valued convex functions, and checks a proof whose index bookkeeping the printed text leaves loose (the monotonicity step and (A.1) need k≥1k\ge1k≥1, see below).

Difficulty

The obvious argument, "the subproblem optimality conditions plus the saddle point give a decreasing quantity", works only once the right Lyapunov function is found and the cross term −2ρ r(k+1)TB(zk+1−zk)-2\rho\, r^{(k+1)T}B(z^{k+1}-z^k)−2ρr(k+1)TB(zk+1−zk) is controlled. That term has no sign from the optimality conditions of a single iteration, and at the first iteration, where z0z^0z0 is an arbitrary starting point, the decrease (A.1) can genuinely fail. A second obstacle is that xkx^kxk and zkz^kzk need not converge or even be bounded when AAA or BBB is rank deficient, so objective convergence cannot pass through limits of the primal iterates; it has to come from the two-sided bounds (A.2) and (A.3). Finally, the subdifferential sum rule used to linearize each subproblem must be handled for functions taking the value +∞+\infty+∞.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); matrices act through Matrix.toEuclideanLin; the problem data are bundled in a structure Problem n m p.
  • An extended-valued fff is encoded by its effective domain CfC_fCf​ and its real values on CfC_fCf​. Assumption 1 is: CfC_fCf​ nonempty, fff convex on CfC_fCf​, epigraph over CfC_fCf​ closed. All minimizations, and the saddle-point inequality in (x,z)(x,z)(x,z), range over the domains; this is equivalent to the book's formulation with +∞+\infty+∞.
  • p⋆p^\starp⋆ is the infimum over feasible points of the domains, not f(x⋆)+g(z⋆)f(x^\star)+g(z^\star)f(x⋆)+g(z⋆) by definition.
  • The run is a hypothesis. An ADMM run is any triple of sequences satisfying (3.2)–(3.4) exactly. The book asserts on p. 16 that Assumption 1 makes the subproblems solvable; this is false in general (f(x)=ex1f(x)=e^{x_1}f(x)=ex1​, A=[0 1]A=[0\ 1]A=[0 1]), so no statement constructs iterates. A formalization that defined the iterates by choice, or required Axk+Bzk=cAx^k+Bz^k=cAxk+Bzk=c of a run, would trivialize the residual claim and is ruled out.
  • Indices: k∈Nk\in\mathbb Nk∈N starts at the book's k=0k=0k=0. Statements about xkx^kxk, rkr^krk, sks^ksk, pkp^kpk are for k≥1k\ge1k≥1 (written with k+1k+1k+1). The monotonicity step and (A.1) are stated for k≥1k\ge1k≥1; the book states (A.1) without a range, and at k=0k=0k=0 with an arbitrary z0z^0z0 it can fail. The summed bound accordingly starts at k=1k=1k=1 and is bounded by V1V^1V1 instead of V0V^0V0; it is stated as a bound on every partial sum.
  • Subdifferentials (milestones 1–2) use the published ShorNonsmooth.Subdiff.subdifferential relative to the domain.
  • The dual-variable convergence yk→y⋆y^k\to y^\staryk→y⋆ listed in §3.2.1 is not proved in the book and is not a target.

A complete development needs the subdifferential of a convex function plus a differentiable quadratic, the first-order characterization of a constrained minimizer, and elementary limits; all of this is reusable for the later missions of the series, which take ADMM runs as given. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato, J. Eckstein, Distributed Optimization and Statistical Learning via the Alternating Direction Method of Multipliers, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 3(1), 2011, pp. 1–122. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000016
  • D. Gabay, B. Mercier, A dual algorithm for the solution of nonlinear variational problems via finite element approximation, Computers & Mathematics with Applications 2(1), 1976, pp. 17–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/0898-1221(76)90003-1
  • J. Eckstein, D. P. Bertsekas, On the Douglas–Rachford splitting method and the proximal point algorithm for maximal monotone operators, Mathematical Programming 55, 1992, pp. 293–318. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01581204
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality and Duality Theory for Stochastic Optimization Problems with Nonlinear Dominance Constraints 2: With Finite Scenarios and Slater's Condition, Piecewise-Linear Utilities Are MultipliersResearch Paper

Motivation

Second-order stochastic dominance constraints let a decision maker require that a random outcome of a decision be preferred to a fixed benchmark outcome by every risk-averse expected-utility maximizer, without choosing a utility function in advance. Dentcheva and Ruszczyński introduced optimization under such constraints in Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints (SIAM J. Optim., 2003), for the case where the decision enters the outcome linearly (the pure-dominance case). Their follow-up paper, Optimality and duality theory for stochastic optimization problems with nonlinear dominance constraints (Math. Program., 2004), allows the decision to affect many random outcomes in a nonlinear, concave way, and derives optimality and duality theory in which the Lagrange multipliers of the dominance constraints are utility functions.

In applications (portfolio selection against a benchmark index is the paper's own example in §6) the probability space is a finite set of scenarios. Section 5 of the paper specialises the theory to that case. This mission formalizes that section: the reduction of the dominance constraints to finitely many inequalities, and the optimality and duality theorems (Theorems 6 and 7) in which the multipliers become piecewise-linear concave utilities.

Setting

There are nnn scenarios ω1,…,ωn\omega_1,\dots,\omega_nω1​,…,ωn​ with probabilities pj≥0p_j \ge 0pj​≥0, ∑jpj=1\sum_j p_j = 1∑j​pj​=1, and mmm benchmark constraints, indexed by i∈I={1,…,m}i \in I = \{1,\dots,m\}i∈I={1,…,m}; J={1,…,n}J = \{1,\dots,n\}J={1,…,n}. A decision zzz ranges over a convex set Z⊆RNZ \subseteq \mathbb R^NZ⊆RN. For each scenario jjj, hj:RN→Rh_j:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rhj​:RN→R is the objective contribution and gij:RN→Rg_{ij}:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rgij​:RN→R the iiith outcome, all concave. The benchmark YiY_iYi​ has realizations yijy_{ij}yij​. Write (t)+=max⁡(t,0)(t)_+=\max(t,0)(t)+​=max(t,0).

The second-order dominance of a finitely distributed XiX_iXi​ (realizations xijx_{ij}xij​) over YiY_iYi​ on an interval [ai,bi][a_i,b_i][ai​,bi​] reads

∑jpj(η−xij)+≤∑jpj(η−yij)+for all η∈[ai,bi].(36)\sum_{j} p_j(\eta - x_{ij})_+ \le \sum_j p_j(\eta-y_{ij})_+ \quad\text{for all } \eta\in[a_i,b_i]. \tag{36}j∑​pj​(η−xij​)+​≤j∑​pj​(η−yij​)+​for all η∈[ai​,bi​].(36)

The split-variable problem (38)–(41) is

max⁡∑j=1npjhj(z)s.t.∑jpj(yik−xij)+≤∑jpj(yik−yij)+,xik≤gik(z),z∈Z,\max \sum_{j=1}^n p_j h_j(z)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \sum_{j} p_j(y_{ik}-x_{ij})_+ \le \sum_j p_j(y_{ik}-y_{ij})_+,\quad x_{ik}\le g_{ik}(z),\quad z\in Z,maxj=1∑n​pj​hj​(z)s.t.j∑​pj​(yik​−xij​)+​≤j∑​pj​(yik​−yij​)+​,xik​≤gik​(z),z∈Z,

for all i∈Ii\in Ii∈I, k∈Jk\in Jk∈J, over zzz and X=(xij)∈RmnX=(x_{ij})\in\mathbb R^{mn}X=(xij​)∈Rmn. The Slater condition asks for z~∈relint⁡Z\tilde z \in \operatorname{relint} Zz~∈relintZ and X~\tilde XX~ satisfying the dominance constraints (39) with x~ik<gik(z~)\tilde x_{ik} < g_{ik}(\tilde z)x~ik​<gik​(z~) for all i,ki,ki,k.

The utility set ViV_iVi​ consists of the functions u:R→Ru:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Ru:R→R that are concave, nondecreasing, piecewise linear with break points only at the yiky_{ik}yik​, and zero on [max⁡kyik,∞)[\max_k y_{ik},\infty)[maxk​yik​,∞). With θij≥0\theta_{ij}\ge 0θij​≥0 multipliers for the splitting constraints xij≤gij(z)x_{ij}\le g_{ij}(z)xij​≤gij​(z), the Lagrangian is

L(z,X,u,θ)=∑j=1npj[hj(z)+∑i=1mθijgij(z)]+∑i=1m∑j=1npj[ui(xij)−ui(yij)−θijxij].(42)L(z,X,u,\theta) = \sum_{j=1}^n p_j\Big[h_j(z)+\sum_{i=1}^m\theta_{ij}g_{ij}(z)\Big]+\sum_{i=1}^m\sum_{j=1}^n p_j\big[u_i(x_{ij})-u_i(y_{ij})-\theta_{ij}x_{ij}\big]. \tag{42}L(z,X,u,θ)=j=1∑n​pj​[hj​(z)+i=1∑m​θij​gij​(z)]+i=1∑m​j=1∑n​pj​[ui​(xij​)−ui​(yij​)−θij​xij​].(42)

Multipliers μik\mu_{ik}μik​ of the inequalities (39) generate the utility ui(t)=−∑kμik(yik−t)+u_i(t)=-\sum_k\mu_{ik}(y_{ik}-t)_+ui​(t)=−∑k​μik​(yik​−t)+​ (46). The dual functional is D(u,θ)=sup⁡z∈Z, XL(z,X,u,θ)D(u,\theta)=\sup_{z\in Z,\,X}L(z,X,u,\theta)D(u,θ)=supz∈Z,X​L(z,X,u,θ) (47).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

Under the Slater condition, (z^,X^)(\hat z,\hat X)(z^,X^) optimal for (38)–(41) implies that there are u^i∈Vi\hat u_i\in V_iu^i​∈Vi​ and θ^≥0\hat\theta\ge 0θ^≥0 with

L(z^,X^,u^,θ^)=max⁡(z,X)∈Z×RmnL(z,X,u^,θ^),∑jpj[u^i(x^ij)−u^i(yij)]=0,θ^ij(x^ij−gij(z^))=0;L(\hat z,\hat X,\hat u,\hat\theta)=\max_{(z,X)\in Z\times\mathbb R^{mn}}L(z,X,\hat u,\hat\theta),\qquad \sum_j p_j[\hat u_i(\hat x_{ij})-\hat u_i(y_{ij})]=0,\qquad \hat\theta_{ij}(\hat x_{ij}-g_{ij}(\hat z))=0;L(z^,X^,u^,θ^)=(z,X)∈Z×Rmnmax​L(z,X,u^,θ^),j∑​pj​[u^i​(x^ij​)−u^i​(yij​)]=0,θ^ij​(x^ij​−gij​(z^))=0;

conversely, these conditions together with feasibility imply optimality.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 15): if ai≤yij≤bia_i\le y_{ij}\le b_iai​≤yij​≤bi​, then (36) is equivalent to the mnmnmn inequalities (37) at the realizations η=yik\eta=y_{ik}η=yik​, and also to (36) on the whole line.
  2. Eq. (46) (p. 17): for any μ\muμ, the standard Lagrangian Λ(z,X,μ,θ)\Lambda(z,X,\mu,\theta)Λ(z,X,μ,θ) equals L(z,X,u,θ)L(z,X,u,\theta)L(z,X,u,θ) with uuu given by (46).
  3. p. 18: for μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0, the utility (46) lies in ViV_iVi​.
  4. pp. 16–17: under Slater, an optimal solution admits Kuhn–Tucker multipliers μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0 for (38)–(41) with complementarity.
  5. p. 18: every v∈Viv\in V_iv∈Vi​ is of the form (46) with μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0.
  6. Theorem 7 (p. 18), after the goal: the dual problem min⁡{D(u,θ):u∈V1×⋯×Vm, θ≥0}\min\{D(u,\theta): u\in V_1\times\dots\times V_m,\ \theta\ge0\}min{D(u,θ):u∈V1​×⋯×Vm​, θ≥0} has a solution and no duality gap.

Significance

Theorem 6 says that, for finitely many scenarios, the infinite-dimensional multiplier of the general theory (a concave utility in a cone of functions, Theorem 2 of the paper) can always be taken piecewise linear with kinks exactly at the benchmark's realizations. The multiplier space becomes finite-dimensional, ViV_iVi​ is a polyhedral cone, and the dual problem of Theorem 7 is a finite-dimensional convex program. The paper's decomposition (49)–(51) of the dual functional and its numerical method in §6 rest on this. Lemma 2 is the standard reduction that makes dominance against a finitely distributed benchmark a finite set of polyhedral constraints, used throughout the later literature on dominance-constrained portfolio optimization.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is formalized. The mission produces machine-checked statements of the finite-scenario theory, a Lean model of the utility set ViV_iVi​ and of the correspondence between nonnegative multipliers and piecewise-linear utilities, and a Kuhn–Tucker theorem for concave programs with polyhedral constraints and a relative-interior Slater point.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 6 is to invoke a Kuhn–Tucker theorem. The available formal versions require every inequality constraint to hold strictly at the Slater point and range over all of RN\mathbb R^NRN. Neither fits: the dominance constraint at the smallest realization yi,[1]y_{i,[1]}yi,[1]​ has right-hand side 000 and a nonnegative left-hand side, so it can never hold strictly, and ZZZ may be lower-dimensional (a simplex), so only its relative interior is available. The polyhedral structure of (39) must be used, as in Rockafellar's Theorem 28.2. The second obstacle is the converse direction of the multiplier–utility correspondence: a utility in ViV_iVi​ must be written as a nonnegative combination of the kinks (yik−t)+(y_{ik}-t)_+(yik​−t)+​, which requires handling repeated realizations and the one-sided slopes at each break point.

Formalization scope

  • RN\mathbb R^NRN is Fin N → ℝ; XXX, θ\thetaθ, μ\muμ are Fin m → Fin n → ℝ; expectations are finite sums and positive parts are max t 0. No measure theory is used.
  • Probabilities satisfy pj≥0p_j\ge0pj​≥0, ∑jpj=1\sum_jp_j=1∑j​pj​=1; pj=0p_j=0pj​=0 is allowed, as on the page.
  • Standing assumptions of p. 2 are explicit hypotheses: ZZZ convex and hjh_jhj​, gijg_{ij}gij​ concave on RN\mathbb R^NRN. Continuity is not stated, since finite concave functions on RN\mathbb R^NRN are continuous.
  • The relative interior is intrinsicInterior ℝ Z, not the topological interior. In the Slater condition only the splitting constraints are strict; the dominance constraints hold non-strictly.
  • ViV_iVi​ is defined by concavity, monotonicity, affinity on every interval whose interior contains no yiky_{ik}yik​, and u=0u=0u=0 on [max⁡kyik,∞)[\max_ky_{ik},\infty)[maxk​yik​,∞). This last clause is the page's u(yi,[n])=0u(y_{i,[n]})=0u(yi,[n]​)=0 combined with Vi⊂U1([ai,bi])V_i\subset\mathcal U_1([a_i,b_i])Vi​⊂U1​([ai​,bi​]). No positive slope is required, because the printed "c>0c>0c>0" in U1\mathcal U_1U1​ is a misprint for c≥0c\ge0c≥0.
  • "max" in (43) is an attained maximum over all of Z×RmnZ\times\mathbb R^{mn}Z×Rmn, with no constraints on XXX. The dual functional (47) is an EReal supremum.
  • Theorem 6 keeps the Slater condition as a hypothesis of the whole statement, as printed, although its converse part does not use it.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out. ViV_iVi​ is not defined as the set of functions of the form (46), which would make milestones 3 and 5 true by definition. Slater does not require strict dominance constraints, which would make it unsatisfiable. A sorry-free check confirms that the goal's hypotheses hold on an instance (n=2n=2n=2, Z=[0,1]Z=[0,1]Z=[0,1]).
  • Reusable beyond this mission: the Kuhn–Tucker theorem with polyhedral constraints and relative-interior Slater point (milestone 4), and Lemma 2. Proofs of any item, and alternative proofs of the goal that avoid milestone 4, are welcome.
  • The pure-dominance case is the earlier paper of Dentcheva–Ruszczyński (2003). The function F2F_2F2​ and its expected-shortfall form are due to Ogryczak–Ruszczyński. The general Lagrange duality on the platform (ConvexOptimization.slater_strong_duality, Boyd–Vandenberghe §5.3.2) assumes a strict Slater point for every constraint and no set constraint, so it does not cover milestone 4.

Selected references

  • D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Optimality and duality theory for stochastic optimization problems with nonlinear dominance constraints, Math. Program., 2004 (cited here from the authors' revised manuscript, April 2003). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0453-z
  • D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 14 (2003) 548–566. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623402420528
  • W. Ogryczak, A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean-risk models, SIAM J. Optim. 13 (2002) 60–78. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400375075
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970, §28. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity XIII: Newton's Method Converges Quadratically, ‖x_{k+1} − x*‖ ≤ (M/μ)‖x_k − x*‖², from ‖x₀ − x*‖ ≤ μ/(2M)Textbook

Motivation

Newton's method is the basic second-order method of continuous optimization: at the current point it replaces the objective by its second-order Taylor model and jumps to the stationary point of that model. Its defining property is speed near a nondegenerate minimum, where the error is squared at every step, so that the number of correct digits roughly doubles per iteration. This local behaviour is what makes Newton's method the inner engine of interior point methods, the polynomial-time algorithms for linear, conic and general convex programming (Nesterov and Nemirovski, 1994). In S. Bubeck's monograph Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning, 2015; arXiv:1405.4980v2), §5.3.2 recalls the traditional local analysis of Newton's method, Theorem 5.3, before turning to the affine-invariant self-concordance analysis used for interior point methods. This mission formalizes that theorem and the four steps of its proof.

Setting

Let Rn\mathbb R^nRn carry the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, and write ∥A∥\|A\|∥A∥ for the operator norm of a linear map A:Rn→RnA:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nA:Rn→Rn, so that ∥Ax∥≤∥A∥ ∥x∥\|Ax\|\le\|A\|\,\|x\|∥Ax∥≤∥A∥∥x∥. Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be a C2C^2C2 function, with gradient ∇f(x)∈Rn\nabla f(x)\in\mathbb R^n∇f(x)∈Rn and Hessian ∇2f(x)\nabla^2 f(x)∇2f(x), a linear map Rn→Rn\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nRn→Rn (the derivative of the gradient map). For a real number ccc, A⪰cInA\succeq cI_nA⪰cIn​ means ⟨Av,v⟩≥c∥v∥2\langle Av,v\rangle\ge c\|v\|^2⟨Av,v⟩≥c∥v∥2 for all v∈Rnv\in\mathbb R^nv∈Rn.

The Hessian is MMM-Lipschitz if ∥∇2f(x)−∇2f(y)∥≤M∥x−y∥\|\nabla^2 f(x)-\nabla^2 f(y)\|\le M\|x-y\|∥∇2f(x)−∇2f(y)∥≤M∥x−y∥ for all x,y∈Rnx,y\in\mathbb R^nx,y∈Rn.

Newton's method starts at x0∈Rnx_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn and iterates, for k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

xk+1=xk−[∇2f(xk)]−1∇f(xk).x_{k+1}=x_k-[\nabla^2 f(x_k)]^{-1}\nabla f(x_k).xk+1​=xk​−[∇2f(xk​)]−1∇f(xk​).

A point x∗x^*x∗ is a local minimum of fff if f(x∗)≤f(x)f(x^*)\le f(x)f(x∗)≤f(x) for all xxx in a neighbourhood of x∗x^*x∗; it has strictly positive Hessian if ∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn\nabla^2 f(x^*)\succeq\mu I_n∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn​ for some μ>0\mu>0μ>0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.3 (p. 320)

Assume the Hessian of fff is MMM-Lipschitz, M>0M>0M>0, and x∗x^*x∗ is a local minimum with ∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn\nabla^2 f(x^*)\succeq\mu I_n∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn​, μ>0\mu>0μ>0. If ∥x0−x∗∥≤μ/(2M)\|x_0-x^*\|\le\mu/(2M)∥x0​−x∗∥≤μ/(2M), then Newton's method from x0x_0x0​ is well defined (every Hessian along the iterates is invertible, so the sequence exists and is unique) and

∥xk+1−x∗∥≤Mμ ∥xk−x∗∥2(k≥0),xk→x∗.\|x_{k+1}-x^*\|\le\frac M\mu\,\|x_k-x^*\|^2\quad(k\ge0),\qquad x_k\to x^*.∥xk+1​−x∗∥≤μM​∥xk​−x∗∥2(k≥0),xk​→x∗.

Milestones (p. 321, the steps of the proof)

  1. The integral formula ∫01∇2f(x+sh) h ds=∇f(x+h)−∇f(x)\int_0^1\nabla^2 f(x+sh)\,h\,ds=\nabla f(x+h)-\nabla f(x)∫01​∇2f(x+sh)hds=∇f(x+h)−∇f(x).
  2. The error representation of one Newton step, xk+1−x∗=[∇2f(xk)]−1∫01[∇2f(xk)−∇2f(x∗+s(xk−x∗))](xk−x∗) dsx_{k+1}-x^*=[\nabla^2 f(x_k)]^{-1}\int_0^1[\nabla^2 f(x_k)-\nabla^2 f(x^*+s(x_k-x^*))](x_k-x^*)\,dsxk+1​−x∗=[∇2f(xk​)]−1∫01​[∇2f(xk​)−∇2f(x∗+s(xk​−x∗))](xk​−x∗)ds.
  3. The Lipschitz bound ∫01∥∇2f(xk)−∇2f(x∗+s(xk−x∗))∥ ds≤M2∥xk−x∗∥\int_0^1\|\nabla^2 f(x_k)-\nabla^2 f(x^*+s(x_k-x^*))\|\,ds\le\frac M2\|x_k-x^*\|∫01​∥∇2f(xk​)−∇2f(x∗+s(xk​−x∗))∥ds≤2M​∥xk​−x∗∥.
  4. The Hessian lower bound ∇2f(xk)⪰(μ−M∥xk−x∗∥)In⪰μ2In\nabla^2 f(x_k)\succeq(\mu-M\|x_k-x^*\|)I_n\succeq\frac\mu2I_n∇2f(xk​)⪰(μ−M∥xk​−x∗∥)In​⪰2μ​In​ when ∥xk−x∗∥≤μ/(2M)\|x_k-x^*\|\le\mu/(2M)∥xk​−x∗∥≤μ/(2M).

Significance

The theorem gives a quantitative basin of quadratic convergence: an explicit radius μ/(2M)\mu/(2M)μ/(2M), depending only on the curvature at the minimum and the Lipschitz constant of the Hessian, inside which Newton's method needs only O(log⁡log⁡(1/ε))O(\log\log(1/\varepsilon))O(loglog(1/ε)) iterations to reach accuracy ε\varepsilonε. It is the classical statement whose shortcomings (dependence on a choice of norm, constants that change under linear changes of variables) motivate the self-concordance theory of the following subsections, and it is the local convergence result invoked whenever a damped or globalized Newton scheme is shown to enter its quadratic phase.

On the formal side, Mathlib has the calculus this needs (Fréchet derivatives, interval integrals of vector-valued maps, operator norms) but no convergence theorem for multivariate Newton's method for minimization. A formal proof produces reusable pieces: the integral form of the mean value theorem for gradients, the stability of a positive-definite lower bound under Lipschitz perturbations, and an inverse-operator norm bound from a quadratic-form lower bound. The result itself is classical and fully proved in the literature; what is open here is its machine-checked proof in this form.

Difficulty

The individual inequalities are short, but the argument is an induction in which well-definedness and the rate are proved together: the Hessian at xkx_kxk​ is invertible only because xkx_kxk​ is still in the ball of radius μ/(2M)\mu/(2M)μ/(2M), and xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​ stays in that ball only because of the rate. A proof that first assumes the sequence exists and then bounds it is circular. The proof also passes between two kinds of control on the Hessian, a lower bound on its quadratic form and an operator-norm bound on its inverse, and the second is only meaningful once invertibility is established. Finally, the integral manipulations need integrability of the maps s↦∇2f(x∗+s(xk−x∗))(xk−x∗)s\mapsto\nabla^2 f(x^*+s(x_k-x^*))(x_k-x^*)s↦∇2f(x∗+s(xk​−x∗))(xk​−x∗), which comes from the continuity of the Hessian.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The gradient and Hessian are explicit maps g:Rn→Rng:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^ng:Rn→Rn and H:Rn→(Rn→LRn)H:\mathbb R^n\to(\mathbb R^n\to_L\mathbb R^n)H:Rn→(Rn→L​Rn) with ContDiff ℝ 2 f, HasGradientAt f (g x) x and HasFDerivAt g (H x) x at every point; the norm on H(x)H(x)H(x) is Mathlib's operator norm, as on the page. A⪰cInA\succeq cI_nA⪰cIn​ is the quadratic-form inequality. A Newton run is a sequence x:N→Rnx:\mathbb N\to\mathbb R^nx:N→Rn indexed from 000 satisfying the linear system ∇2f(xk)(xk−xk+1)=∇f(xk)\nabla^2 f(x_k)(x_k-x_{k+1})=\nabla f(x_k)∇2f(xk​)(xk​−xk+1​)=∇f(xk​); no inverse of a possibly singular operator appears in any hypothesis, and "well defined" is a conclusion: a unique run exists from x0x_0x0​ and every Hessian along it is bijective. The rate and xk→x∗x_k\to x^*xk​→x∗ are asserted for every run. The error representation is stated with both sides multiplied by ∇2f(xk)\nabla^2 f(x_k)∇2f(xk​), which is equivalent to the printed form once the Hessian is invertible. Milestones 3 and 4 use only the Lipschitz property and are stated for any Lipschitz map HHH.

Added hypothesis: M>0M>0M>0 (the radius μ/(2M)\mu/(2M)μ/(2M) divides by MMM; with M=0M=0M=0, Lean's convention μ/0=0\mu/0=0μ/0=0 would collapse the hypothesis to x0=x∗x_0=x^*x0​=x∗). Convexity of fff is not assumed, as on the page; x∗x^*x∗ is a local minimum and ∇f(x∗)=0\nabla f(x^*)=0∇f(x∗)=0 is derived, not assumed. Encoding the Newton step with Lean's inverse (which returns 000 on singular maps), or replacing ∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn\nabla^2 f(x^*)\succeq\mu I_n∇2f(x∗)⪰μIn​ by mere invertibility, would change the theorem and is ruled out.

A complete development needs the fundamental theorem of calculus for C1C^1C1 vector-valued maps along segments, Hessian-based quadratic-form estimates, and operator-norm bounds for inverses; all are reusable for the analysis of damped Newton, cubic regularization and interior point methods. Proofs of the milestones independently of the goal are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4):231–358, 2015. arXiv:1405.4980v2, §5.3.2, Theorem 5.3, pp. 320–321.
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovski, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM Studies in Applied Mathematics 13, 1994. doi:10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004, Theorem 1.2.5. doi:10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity X: Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Descent on a β-Smooth α-Strongly Convex Function Has Rate ((α + β)/2)‖x₁ − x*‖² exp(−(t − 1)/√κ)Textbook

Why accelerated rates matter

First-order methods, which query only function values and gradients, are the workhorse of large-scale optimization in machine learning, signal processing and operations research, because each step costs little more than one gradient evaluation. For a function that is both strongly convex and smooth, plain gradient descent converges geometrically, but the number of steps needed to reach accuracy ε\varepsilonε scales with the condition number κ\kappaκ of the problem. In 1983 Nesterov showed that a gradient method with a carefully chosen momentum term needs a number of steps proportional to κ\sqrt\kappaκ​ instead, and that this is optimal for black-box first-order methods. On ill-conditioned problems, where κ\kappaκ is in the thousands or millions, the difference between κ\kappaκ and κ\sqrt\kappaκ​ is the difference between practical and impractical.

This mission is the tenth of a series formalizing S. Bubeck's monograph Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning, 2015; arXiv:1405.4980v2). It covers §3.7.1, the smooth and strongly convex case of Nesterov's accelerated gradient descent, and its main result, Theorem 3.18.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean inner product x⊤yx^\top yx⊤y and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be differentiable with gradient ∇f\nabla f∇f.

  • fff is β\betaβ-smooth if its gradient is β\betaβ-Lipschitz: ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le\beta\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥ for all x,yx,yx,y.
  • fff is α\alphaα-strongly convex (α>0\alpha>0α>0) if for all x,yx,yx,y
f(y)≥f(x)+∇f(x)⊤(y−x)+α2∥y−x∥2.f(y)\ge f(x)+\nabla f(x)^\top(y-x)+\frac\alpha2\|y-x\|^2 .f(y)≥f(x)+∇f(x)⊤(y−x)+2α​∥y−x∥2.
  • The condition number is κ=β/α\kappa=\beta/\alphaκ=β/α; for n≥1n\ge1n≥1 one always has κ≥1\kappa\ge1κ≥1.
  • x∗x^*x∗ denotes a minimizer of fff on Rn\mathbb R^nRn.

Nesterov's accelerated gradient descent starts at an arbitrary point x1=y1x_1=y_1x1​=y1​ and iterates, for t≥1t\ge1t≥1,

yt+1=xt−1β∇f(xt),xt+1=(1+κ−1κ+1)yt+1−κ−1κ+1 yt.y_{t+1}=x_t-\frac1\beta\nabla f(x_t),\qquad x_{t+1}=\Big(1+\frac{\sqrt\kappa-1}{\sqrt\kappa+1}\Big)y_{t+1}-\frac{\sqrt\kappa-1}{\sqrt\kappa+1}\,y_t .yt+1​=xt​−β1​∇f(xt​),xt+1​=(1+κ​+1κ​−1​)yt+1​−κ​+1κ​−1​yt​.

The point yt+1y_{t+1}yt+1​ is a gradient step from xtx_txt​, and xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ moves beyond yt+1y_{t+1}yt+1​ in the direction yt+1−yty_{t+1}-y_tyt+1​−yt​ by the fixed momentum factor (κ−1)/(κ+1)(\sqrt\kappa-1)/(\sqrt\kappa+1)(κ​−1)/(κ​+1).

The analysis in the book uses auxiliary quadratic functions Φs\Phi_sΦs​ (an estimate sequence), defined from the points xsx_sxs​ by

Φ1(x)=f(x1)+α2∥x−x1∥2,Φs+1(x)=(1−1κ)Φs(x)+1κ(f(xs)+∇f(xs)⊤(x−xs)+α2∥x−xs∥2),\Phi_1(x)=f(x_1)+\frac\alpha2\|x-x_1\|^2,\qquad \Phi_{s+1}(x)=\Big(1-\frac1{\sqrt\kappa}\Big)\Phi_s(x)+\frac1{\sqrt\kappa}\Big(f(x_s)+\nabla f(x_s)^\top(x-x_s)+\frac\alpha2\|x-x_s\|^2\Big),Φ1​(x)=f(x1​)+2α​∥x−x1​∥2,Φs+1​(x)=(1−κ​1​)Φs​(x)+κ​1​(f(xs​)+∇f(xs​)⊤(x−xs​)+2α​∥x−xs​∥2),

together with their centres vsv_svs​ (with v1=x1v_1=x_1v1​=x1​ and the recursion (3.21) of the book) and their minimum values Φs∗\Phi^*_sΦs∗​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.18

For every run of the method and every t≥1t\ge1t≥1,

f(yt)−f(x∗)≤α+β2 ∥x1−x∗∥2exp⁡(−t−1κ).f(y_t)-f(x^*)\le\frac{\alpha+\beta}2\,\|x_1-x^*\|^2\exp\Big(-\frac{t-1}{\sqrt\kappa}\Big).f(yt​)−f(x∗)≤2α+β​∥x1​−x∗∥2exp(−κ​t−1​).

Milestones, from the book's proof

  1. (3.18): Φs+1(x)≤f(x)+(1−1/κ)s(Φ1(x)−f(x))\Phi_{s+1}(x)\le f(x)+(1-1/\sqrt\kappa)^s(\Phi_1(x)-f(x))Φs+1​(x)≤f(x)+(1−1/κ​)s(Φ1​(x)−f(x)) for all xxx.
  2. (3.19): f(ys)≤min⁡x∈RnΦs(x)f(y_s)\le\min_{x\in\mathbb R^n}\Phi_s(x)f(ys​)≤minx∈Rn​Φs​(x).
  3. The geometric rate: f(yt)−f(x∗)≤α+β2∥x1−x∗∥2(1−1/κ)t−1f(y_t)-f(x^*)\le\frac{\alpha+\beta}2\|x_1-x^*\|^2(1-1/\sqrt\kappa)^{t-1}f(yt​)−f(x∗)≤2α+β​∥x1​−x∗∥2(1−1/κ​)t−1.
  4. The form Φs(x)=Φs∗+α2∥x−vs∥2\Phi_s(x)=\Phi^*_s+\frac\alpha2\|x-v_s\|^2Φs​(x)=Φs∗​+2α​∥x−vs​∥2 with vsv_svs​ given by (3.21).
  5. The identity (3.22) for Φs+1∗\Phi^*_{s+1}Φs+1∗​.
  6. The inequality (3.20), the inductive step of (3.19).
  7. The coupling vs−xs=κ (xs−ys)v_s-x_s=\sqrt\kappa\,(x_s-y_s)vs​−xs​=κ​(xs​−ys​).

The geometric form in milestone 3 is slightly stronger than the goal, which follows from 1−u≤e−u1-u\le e^{-u}1−u≤e−u.

Significance

Theorem 3.18 gives ε\varepsilonε-accuracy after O(κlog⁡(1/ε))O(\sqrt\kappa\log(1/\varepsilon))O(κ​log(1/ε)) gradient evaluations. Projected gradient descent with step 1/β1/\beta1/β on the same class contracts only at the rate exp⁡(−t/κ)\exp(-t/\kappa)exp(−t/κ) (Theorem 3.10 of the book). The lower bound of Theorem 3.15 shows that no black-box first-order method can do better than ((κ−1)/(κ+1))2(t−1)((\sqrt\kappa-1)/(\sqrt\kappa+1))^{2(t-1)}((κ​−1)/(κ​+1))2(t−1), so the accelerated rate is optimal up to constants. The estimate-sequence argument is the template for many later accelerated methods: proximal, stochastic and variance-reduced variants such as Katyusha, and accelerated coordinate descent.

The result is classical and fully proved on paper. No machine-checked proof of the accelerated rate for strongly convex smooth functions is known to exist in Lean's Mathlib. This mission produces one, with the estimate sequence Φs\Phi_sΦs​, its centres and its minimum values as reusable objects, and with every algebraic identity of the book's proof stated separately.

Difficulty

The algorithm is two lines, but its analysis is not a one-step contraction: neither ∥xt−x∗∥\|x_t-x^*\|∥xt​−x∗∥ nor f(yt)−f(x∗)f(y_t)-f(x^*)f(yt​)−f(x∗) decreases by the factor 1−1/κ1-1/\sqrt\kappa1−1/κ​ at every step. A Lyapunov argument for gradient descent, applied directly to yty_tyt​, gives only the rate 1−1/κ1-1/\kappa1−1/κ. The book obtains the rate through the auxiliary functions Φs\Phi_sΦs​. The inequality (3.18) is easy, but (3.19), that the minimum of Φs\Phi_sΦs​ never drops below f(ys)f(y_s)f(ys​), depends on the exact choice of the momentum factor. It holds only through the identity vs−xs=κ(xs−ys)v_s-x_s=\sqrt\kappa(x_s-y_s)vs​−xs​=κ​(xs​−ys​), which ties the centre of Φs\Phi_sΦs​ to the iterates. Formally, the obstacles are the bookkeeping of the recursive quadratics on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and the algebra in κ\sqrt\kappaκ​, 1/κ1/\sqrt\kappa1/κ​ and 1/(ακ)=κ/β1/(\alpha\sqrt\kappa)=\sqrt\kappa/\beta1/(ακ​)=κ​/β.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The gradient is an explicit map g with HasGradientAt f (g x) x at every point, which is part of the smoothness predicate IsBetaSmooth f g β. Strong convexity is the published definition OnlineConvexOpt.ConvexBasics.StronglyConvexOn Set.univ f g α, which is the book's (3.13).
  • A run of the method is a predicate IsNesterovSCRun g α β x y on two sequences indexed from 111, with x1=y1x_1=y_1x1​=y1​ arbitrary. Every theorem holds for every run, that is, every starting point.
  • κ\kappaκ is kappa α β = β / α. All theorems assume α>0\alpha>0α>0 and β>0\beta>0β>0. The second is implied by the other hypotheses for n≥1n\ge1n≥1; no hypothesis α≤β\alpha\le\betaα≤β is added.
  • The existence of a minimizer x∗x^*x∗ is the book's standing assumption, written as a hypothesis.
  • Φs\Phi_sΦs​, vsv_svs​ and Φs∗=Φs(vs)\Phi^*_s=\Phi_s(v_s)Φs∗​=Φs​(vs​) are explicit recursive definitions. The book's Φs∗=min⁡Φs\Phi^*_s=\min\Phi_sΦs∗​=minΦs​ is recovered by milestone 4, and no real infimum is used. The minimum in (3.19) is stated as f(ys)≤Φs(x)f(y_s)\le\Phi_s(x)f(ys​)≤Φs​(x) for every xxx.
  • The identities of milestones 4, 5 and 7 are algebraic and are stated without convexity or smoothness, for arbitrary sequences or runs.
  • Ruled out as trivializing: a run predicate that drops x1=y1x_1=y_1x1​=y1​ breaks (3.19) at s=1s=1s=1 and is not used. A minimum value Φs∗\Phi^*_sΦs∗​ defined through (3.22) would make that identity a tautology, so Φs∗\Phi^*_sΦs∗​ is defined as a value of Φs\Phi_sΦs​.
  • The definitions are local to the namespace ConvexOptAlg.NesterovStrong. β-smoothness duplicates the predicate of other missions of the series and will be merged afterwards. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and general lemmas on quadratics z↦c+α2∥z−v∥2z\mapsto c+\frac\alpha2\|z-v\|^2z↦c+2α​∥z−v∥2 that the algebraic milestones need.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4):231–358, 2015. arXiv:1405.4980v2, §3.7.1, Theorem 3.18, pp. 290–293.
  • Y. Nesterov, A method of solving a convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Mathematics Doklady 27:372–376, 1983.
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. doi:10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity VIII: No Black-Box Method Beats 3β‖x₁ − x*‖²/(32(t + 1)²) on β-Smooth Convex FunctionsTextbook

Why lower bounds for first-order methods

Upper bounds for an optimization method say how fast it converges; oracle complexity lower bounds say how fast any method of a given kind can possibly converge. Chapter 3 of S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4), 2015, arXiv:1405.4980) proves upper bounds for subgradient descent on Lipschitz functions and for gradient methods on smooth functions. Section 3.5 (Lower bounds, pp. 279–283) shows that these rates cannot be improved by more than a numerical constant, as long as the number of queries is smaller than the dimension. For smooth convex functions the matching lower bound is what identifies Nesterov's accelerated gradient descent, with its 1/t21/t^21/t2 rate, as an optimal method.

Timeline. The lower bounds first appeared in A. Nemirovski and D. Yudin, Problem Complexity and Method Efficiency in Optimization (Wiley, 1983). The presentation followed by the book, with an explicit tridiagonal quadratic as the hard instance and the "span of past gradients" restriction on the method, is that of Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization (Kluwer, 2004), §2.1.2. Nesterov's accelerated method (1983) attains the matching upper bound.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean inner product x⊤yx^\top yx⊤y, coordinates x(1),…,x(n)x(1),\dots,x(n)x(1),…,x(n), canonical basis e1,…,ene_1,\dots,e_ne1​,…,en​ and balls B2(R)={x:∥x∥≤R}\mathrm B_2(R)=\{x:\|x\|\le R\}B2​(R)={x:∥x∥≤R}. A first-order oracle for fff answers a query xxx with a subgradient g∈∂f(x)g\in\partial f(x)g∈∂f(x) (the gradient when fff is differentiable). A black-box procedure maps the history (x1,g1,…,xt,gt)(x_1,g_1,\dots,x_t,g_t)(x1​,g1​,…,xt​,gt​) to the next query xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​. Section 3.5 restricts attention to procedures with

x1=0,xt+1∈Span(g1,…,gt)(t≥0),(3.15)x_1=0,\qquad x_{t+1}\in\mathrm{Span}(g_1,\dots,g_t)\quad(t\ge0), \tag{3.15}x1​=0,xt+1​∈Span(g1​,…,gt​)(t≥0),(3.15)

which covers gradient descent, its accelerated variants and conjugate gradient. A function is β\betaβ-smooth if its gradient is β\betaβ-Lipschitz; LLL-Lipschitz on X\mathcal XX if every subgradient at every point of X\mathcal XX has norm at most LLL; α\alphaα-strongly convex if x↦f(x)−α2∥x∥2x\mapsto f(x)-\frac\alpha2\|x\|^2x↦f(x)−2α​∥x∥2 is convex.

The hard smooth instance uses, for k≤nk\le nk≤n, the symmetric tridiagonal matrix AkA_kAk​ with entries 222 on the first kkk diagonal positions and −1-1−1 on the neighbouring off-diagonal positions of the leading k×kk\times kk×k block, zero elsewhere, and the quadratics

fk(x)=β8x⊤Akx−β4x⊤e1,fk∗=inf⁡x∈Rnfk(x).f_k(x)=\frac\beta8x^\top A_kx-\frac\beta4x^\top e_1 ,\qquad f_k^*=\inf_{x\in\mathbb R^n}f_k(x).fk​(x)=8β​x⊤Ak​x−4β​x⊤e1​,fk∗​=x∈Rninf​fk​(x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.14 (p. 282)

For 1≤t≤n−121\le t\le\frac{n-1}21≤t≤2n−1​ and β>0\beta>0β>0 there are a β\betaβ-smooth convex fff and a minimizer x∗x^*x∗ such that every procedure satisfying (3.15) has

min⁡1≤s≤tf(xs)−f(x∗) ≥ 3β32 ∥x1−x∗∥2(t+1)2.\min_{1\le s\le t}f(x_s)-f(x^*)\ \ge\ \frac{3\beta}{32}\,\frac{\|x_1-x^*\|^2}{(t+1)^2}.1≤s≤tmin​f(xs​)−f(x∗) ≥ 323β​(t+1)2∥x1​−x∗∥2​.

The constant 3/323/323/32 is the book's.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 3.14, pp. 282–283)

  1. 0⪯Ak⪯4In0\preceq A_k\preceq4I_n0⪯Ak​⪯4In​, through x⊤Akx=x(1)2+x(k)2+∑i=1k−1(x(i)−x(i+1))2x^\top A_kx=x(1)^2+x(k)^2+\sum_{i=1}^{k-1}(x(i)-x(i+1))^2x⊤Ak​x=x(1)2+x(k)2+∑i=1k−1​(x(i)−x(i+1))2.
  2. For f=f2t+1f=f_{2t+1}f=f2t+1​ and any procedure satisfying (3.15), xs∈Span(e1,…,es−1)x_s\in\mathrm{Span}(e_1,\dots,e_{s-1})xs​∈Span(e1​,…,es−1​); hence f(xs)=fs(xs)f(x_s)=f_s(x_s)f(xs​)=fs​(xs​) for s≤ts\le ts≤t.
  3. xk∗(i)=1−ik+1x_k^*(i)=1-\frac i{k+1}xk∗​(i)=1−k+1i​ solves Akx=e1A_kx=e_1Ak​x=e1​, minimizes fkf_kfk​, and fk∗=−β8(1−1k+1)f_k^*=-\frac\beta8\bigl(1-\frac1{k+1}\bigr)fk∗​=−8β​(1−k+11​).
  4. ∥xk∗∥2≤k+13\|x_k^*\|^2\le\frac{k+1}3∥xk∗​∥2≤3k+1​.
  5. ft∗−f2t+1∗=β8(1t+1−12t+2)≥3β32∥x2t+1∗∥2(t+1)2f_t^*-f_{2t+1}^*=\frac\beta8\bigl(\frac1{t+1}-\frac1{2t+2}\bigr)\ge\frac{3\beta}{32}\frac{\|x^*_{2t+1}\|^2}{(t+1)^2}ft∗​−f2t+1∗​=8β​(t+11​−2t+21​)≥323β​(t+1)2∥x2t+1∗​∥2​.

Companion: Theorem 3.13 (p. 280)

For 1≤t≤n1\le t\le n1≤t≤n and L,R>0L,R>0L,R>0 there are a convex fff, LLL-Lipschitz on B2(R)\mathrm B_2(R)B2​(R), and a first-order oracle for it such that every procedure satisfying (3.15) has min⁡s≤tf(xs)−min⁡B2(R)f≥RL2(1+t)\min_{s\le t}f(x_s)-\min_{\mathrm B_2(R)}f\ge\frac{RL}{2(1+\sqrt t)}mins≤t​f(xs​)−minB2​(R)​f≥2(1+t​)RL​; and for α>0\alpha>0α>0 there are an α\alphaα-strongly convex fff, LLL-Lipschitz on B2(L2α)\mathrm B_2(\frac L{2\alpha})B2​(2αL​), and an oracle with gap at least L28αt\frac{L^2}{8\alpha t}8αtL2​ over that ball.

Significance

The upper bounds of Chapter 3 (projected subgradient descent at rate RL/tRL/\sqrt tRL/t​, accelerated gradient descent at rate β∥x1−x∗∥2/t2\beta\|x_1-x^*\|^2/t^2β∥x1​−x∗∥2/t2) become optimal statements only through these lower bounds: no method in the class (3.15) can be faster by more than a constant factor while ttt is below the dimension. The restriction to t≲nt\lesssim nt≲n is necessary, since Chapter 2's cutting-plane methods converge exponentially once the number of queries exceeds the dimension.

The results are classical and proved. Formalizing them yields machine-checked versions of the quadratic-form computation for the tridiagonal matrix, of the Krylov-type support argument under (3.15), and of the explicit minimizer of fkf_kfk​, each reusable in other lower-bound arguments (Theorem 3.15 in ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​, lower bounds for strongly convex smooth functions, conjugate gradient analyses). The platform held no formal statement of these oracle lower bounds when this mission was drafted.

Difficulty

Each analytic step is elementary; the difficulty is in the bookkeeping. The span argument is an induction that must track, at each step, that the gradient of a tridiagonal quadratic at a vector supported on the first s−1s-1s−1 coordinates is supported on the first sss, and that the span hypothesis transfers this to the next query. The minimizer computation requires solving Akx=e1A_kx=e_1Ak​x=e1​ on the leading block and showing that the coordinates beyond kkk do not affect fkf_kfk​. A natural first attempt, choosing the hard function after seeing the procedure, proves a much weaker statement and is excluded by the quantifier order: the function is fixed first and must defeat every procedure.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Coordinates in Lean are 0-based; the definitions provide the book's 1-based coordinate coord x i and basis vector basisVec n i, and the matrix tridiag n k translates book index iii to Fin n index i−1i-1i−1. The query sequence starts at index 111. The oracle is a fixed map ggg, so (3.15) reads xt+1∈Span(g(x1),…,g(xt))x_{t+1}\in\mathrm{Span}(g(x_1),\dots,g(x_t))xt+1​∈Span(g(x1​),…,g(xt​)) with x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. In Theorem 3.14 the oracle is the gradient, given as a map with HasGradientAt everywhere; β\betaβ-smoothness is the Lipschitz bound on that map. In Theorem 3.13 the oracle is part of what is constructed, because the book's proof uses a specific "resisting" subgradient selection and the claim fails for an arbitrary one.

Committed conventions, each stated in the item's Formalization Note: the minimum over 1≤s≤t1\le s\le t1≤s≤t is the bound for every such sss, and t≥1t\ge1t≥1 is required; t≤(n−1)/2t\le(n-1)/2t≤(n−1)/2 is 2t+1≤n2t+1\le n2t+1≤n; the minimizer x∗x^*x∗ is existentially chosen together with fff (the hard function has many minimizers when 2t+1<n2t+1<n2t+1<n, and the bound is false for some of them); the minimum over a ball is the bound against every point of the ball; fk∗f_k^*fk∗​ is the real infimum, asserted to be attained.

A formalization that let the function depend on the procedure, dropped x1=0x_1=0x1​=0, or took the span over gradients at points other than the queries would state a different and weaker theorem; the statements here keep fff (and the oracle) before the universally quantified procedure.

Infrastructure needed: quadratic forms of explicit matrices on EuclideanSpace, gradients of quadratics, and span/support lemmas for EuclideanSpace.single-type vectors. Contributions of proofs for any milestone, and of the strongly convex ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ lower bound (Theorem 3.15, not included here), are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4):231–358, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
  • A. Nemirovski and D. Yudin, Problem Complexity and Method Efficiency in Optimization, Wiley, 1983.
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity VII: Conditional Gradient Descent (Frank–Wolfe) with γ_s = 2/(s + 1) Has Rate 2βR²/(t + 1) in Any NormTextbook

Motivation

Many constrained optimization problems in machine learning and statistics have a feasible set X\mathcal XX over which a linear function is cheap to minimize but a Euclidean projection is expensive: the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-ball, the simplex, the nuclear-norm ball, the convex hull of a combinatorial family. Projected gradient descent needs a projection at every step. Conditional gradient descent, introduced by Frank and Wolfe in 1956 for quadratic programming, replaces the projection by a call to a linear minimization oracle over X\mathcal XX, and its iterates are convex combinations of oracle outputs, which makes them sparse when X\mathcal XX is a polytope.

This mission is the seventh of a series formalizing S. Bubeck's monograph Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning, 2015, arXiv:1405.4980v2). It covers Section 3.3, whose main result, Theorem 3.8, is the O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) rate of the method in the form given by Jaggi (2013), going back to Dunn and Harshbarger (1978).

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real vector space with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. For a linear form ggg on EEE, written v↦g⊤vv\mapsto g^\top vv↦g⊤v, the dual norm is ∥g∥∗=sup⁡∥v∥≤1g⊤v\|g\|_*=\sup_{\|v\|\le1}g^\top v∥g∥∗​=sup∥v∥≤1​g⊤v. Let X⊆E\mathcal X\subseteq EX⊆E be nonempty, compact and convex, with diameter R=sup⁡x,y∈X∥x−y∥R=\sup_{x,y\in\mathcal X}\|x-y\|R=supx,y∈X​∥x−y∥.

Let f:E→Rf:E\to\mathbb Rf:E→R be differentiable with gradient ∇f(x)\nabla f(x)∇f(x), a linear form on EEE. For β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0, fff is β-smooth with respect to ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ on X\mathcal XX if

∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥∗≤β∥x−y∥(x,y∈X).\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|_*\le\beta\|x-y\|\qquad(x,y\in\mathcal X).∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥∗​≤β∥x−y∥(x,y∈X).

A point x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X with f(x∗)=min⁡x∈Xf(x)f(x^*)=\min_{x\in\mathcal X}f(x)f(x∗)=minx∈X​f(x) is fixed throughout, and δt=f(xt)−f(x∗)\delta_t=f(x_t)-f(x^*)δt​=f(xt​)−f(x∗).

Given step sizes (γs)s≥1(\gamma_s)_{s\ge1}(γs​)s≥1​, a run of conditional gradient descent is a pair of sequences with x1∈Xx_1\in\mathcal Xx1​∈X and, for every t≥1t\ge1t≥1,

yt∈argmin⁡y∈X∇f(xt)⊤y(3.8),xt+1=(1−γt)xt+γtyt(3.9).y_t\in\operatorname*{argmin}_{y\in\mathcal X}\nabla f(x_t)^\top y\quad(3.8),\qquad x_{t+1}=(1-\gamma_t)x_t+\gamma_ty_t\quad(3.9).yt​∈y∈Xargmin​∇f(xt​)⊤y(3.8),xt+1​=(1−γt​)xt​+γt​yt​(3.9).

The minimizer yty_tyt​ need not be unique; any choice is allowed.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.8 (p. 272)

If fff is convex and β\betaβ-smooth with respect to ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and γs=2s+1\gamma_s=\frac{2}{s+1}γs​=s+12​ for s≥1s\ge1s≥1, then every run satisfies, for every t≥2t\ge2t≥2,

f(xt)−f(x∗)≤2βR2t+1.f(x_t)-f(x^*)\le\frac{2\beta R^2}{t+1}.f(xt​)−f(x∗)≤t+12βR2​.

Milestones

  1. Inequality (3.4) in an arbitrary norm (p. 267, used on p. 272): for x,y∈Xx,y\in\mathcal Xx,y∈X, 0≤f(x)−f(y)−∇f(y)⊤(x−y)≤β2∥x−y∥20\le f(x)-f(y)-\nabla f(y)^\top(x-y)\le\frac{\beta}{2}\|x-y\|^20≤f(x)−f(y)−∇f(y)⊤(x−y)≤2β​∥x−y∥2.
  2. The one-step recursion (pp. 272–273): for any run with γs∈[0,1]\gamma_s\in[0,1]γs​∈[0,1],
δs+1≤(1−γs)δs+β2γs2R2.\delta_{s+1}\le(1-\gamma_s)\delta_s+\frac{\beta}{2}\gamma_s^2R^2 .δs+1​≤(1−γs​)δs​+2β​γs2​R2.
  1. Initialization (p. 273): if γ1=1\gamma_1=1γ1​=1, then δ2≤β2R2\delta_2\le\frac{\beta}{2}R^2δ2​≤2β​R2.
  2. The induction (p. 273): a real sequence with δ2≤β2R2\delta_2\le\frac{\beta}{2}R^2δ2​≤2β​R2 and the recursion of milestone 2 with γs=2s+1\gamma_s=\frac{2}{s+1}γs​=s+12​ for s≥2s\ge2s≥2 satisfies δt≤2βR2t+1\delta_t\le\frac{2\beta R^2}{t+1}δt​≤t+12βR2​ for t≥2t\ge2t≥2.

Significance

Theorem 3.8 is the basic guarantee for projection-free first-order optimization. Its rate does not depend on the dimension, and it depends on the geometry only through the product βR2\beta R^2βR2, both measured in the same norm, which may be chosen to fit X\mathcal XX: for the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-ball, smoothness in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ with dual norm ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ gives much better constants than the Euclidean analysis. The book applies it this way to a LASSO-type problem (Section 3.3, pp. 274–276), and the same bound underlies the sparse-approximation corollary on the simplex (p. 273) and the many later variants of the method (away steps, stochastic and online conditional gradient).

The result is classical and proved in the book. What this mission adds is a machine-checked statement and proof in an arbitrary finite-dimensional normed space, with the dual norm as the operator norm on linear forms, and a reusable encoding of norm-smoothness and of conditional gradient runs. On Prove2Me a related result is already proved: Lan's Theorem 7.1 (First-order and Stochastic Optimization Methods), which bounds f(yk)−f∗f(y_k)-f^*f(yk​)−f∗ by 2Lk(k+1)∑i≤k∥xi−yi−1∥2\frac{2L}{k(k+1)}\sum_{i\le k}\|x_i-y_{i-1}\|^2k(k+1)2L​∑i≤k​∥xi​−yi−1​∥2 with a different indexing; after the diameter bound it yields 2βR2/t2\beta R^2/t2βR2/t at Bubeck's iterate xtx_txt​, which is weaker than Theorem 3.8 by one step.

Difficulty

The difficulty is in the bookkeeping of norms and indices, not in a deep idea. Inequality (3.4) is proved in the book only for the Euclidean norm, where ∇f(x)∈Rn\nabla f(x)\in\mathbb R^n∇f(x)∈Rn and the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality is used; in a general norm it needs the pairing between a linear form and a vector and the bound ∣g⊤v∣≤∥g∥∗∥v∥|g^\top v|\le\|g\|_*\|v\|∣g⊤v∣≤∥g∥∗​∥v∥. The rate 2βR2/(t+1)2\beta R^2/(t+1)2βR2/(t+1) is attained only by starting the induction at t=2t=2t=2, where the step γ1=1\gamma_1=1γ1​=1 erases the dependence on the starting point; at t=1t=1t=1 the bound can fail, since δ1\delta_1δ1​ is arbitrary. A first attempt that runs the induction from t=1t=1t=1 with an arbitrary δ1\delta_1δ1​ does not give the stated constant.

Formalization scope

EEE is a type with [NormedAddCommGroup E] [NormedSpace ℝ E] [FiniteDimensional ℝ E]; nothing is specialised to the Euclidean norm. The gradient is an explicit derivative map f' : E → (E →L[ℝ] ℝ) with HasFDerivAt f (f' x) x for every x; ∇f(x)⊤v\nabla f(x)^\top v∇f(x)⊤v is f' x v, and ∥⋅∥∗\|\cdot\|_*∥⋅∥∗​ is the operator norm, which equals sup⁡∥v∥≤1g⊤v\sup_{\|v\|\le1}g^\top vsup∥v∥≤1​g⊤v. RRR is Metric.diam X, which equals the supremum of ∥x−y∥\|x-y\|∥x−y∥ over X\mathcal XX because X\mathcal XX is compact. Sequences are indexed by ℕ with the first iterate at index 1.

Committed conventions: X\mathcal XX compact, convex and containing x∗x^*x∗ (hence nonempty); convexity of fff and the Lipschitz bound on the gradient are assumed on X\mathcal XX only, which is weaker than the book's global assumptions; β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0; the existence of the minimizer x∗x^*x∗ is the book's standing assumption (p. 242); the conclusion is stated for t≥2t\ge2t≥2, as in the book. Runs are predicates: yty_tyt​ is any minimizer of the linear form over X\mathcal XX and yt∈Xy_t\in\mathcal Xyt​∈X is required, so the goal quantifies over every run with γs=2/(s+1)\gamma_s=2/(s+1)γs​=2/(s+1). A formalization in which yty_tyt​ need not lie in X\mathcal XX, or in which smoothness is assumed only along the iterates, states a different theorem and is excluded.

A complete development needs the descent inequality (3.4) for Fréchet derivatives in a normed space (reusable for every smooth method in the series and beyond), the fact that the iterates stay in X\mathcal XX, and a scalar induction. Proofs of the milestones are welcome independently; milestone 4 is a statement about real sequences only.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4):231–358, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
  • M. Frank and P. Wolfe, An algorithm for quadratic programming, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 3(1–2):95–110, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800030109
  • J. C. Dunn and S. Harshbarger, Conditional gradient algorithms with open loop step size rules, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications 62(2):432–444, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(78)90137-3
  • M. Jaggi, Revisiting Frank–Wolfe: projection-free sparse convex optimization, Proceedings of ICML 2013, PMLR 28(1):427–435. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v28/jaggi13.html
  • G. Lan, First-order and Stochastic Optimization Methods for Machine Learning, Springer, 2020, Theorem 7.1. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-39568-1
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity VI: Gradient Descent with η = 2/(α + β) on a β-Smooth α-Strongly Convex Function Has Rate (β/2)exp(−4t/(κ + 1))‖x₁ − x*‖²Textbook

Motivation

Gradient descent is a basic method for minimizing a differentiable function when evaluating its gradient is practical but solving the optimization problem directly is not. The rate at which its iterates approach an optimizer depends on the assumptions about the function. For a convex function with a Lipschitz gradient, the value error decreases at a sublinear rate. Adding strong convexity changes the behavior: the distance from the optimizer contracts at each step, giving an exponential bound on the value error. This section of Bubeck's monograph identifies a fixed step size that uses both the smoothness and curvature constants and gives the corresponding rate.

The result matters when a high-accuracy answer is needed. A sublinear bound makes each extra digit progressively more expensive; an exponential bound says that a fixed number of additional gradient evaluations reduces the error by a fixed factor. The theorem is a textbook result, already proved mathematically. This mission asks for its precise machine-checked statement and the source's supporting inequalities, rather than for a new optimization method.

Setting

Work in Euclidean space Rn\mathbb R^nRn with n≥1n\ge1n≥1, equipped with its usual inner product and norm. A differentiable function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R has gradient g(x)=∇f(x)g(x)=\nabla f(x)g(x)=∇f(x). It is β\betaβ-smooth when its gradient is β\betaβ-Lipschitz: ∥g(x)−g(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥\|g(x)-g(y)\|\le\beta\|x-y\|∥g(x)−g(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥ for every x,yx,yx,y. It is α\alphaα-strongly convex when, for every x,yx,yx,y,

f(y)≥f(x)+⟨g(x),y−x⟩+α2∥y−x∥2.f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle g(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\alpha2\|y-x\|^2.f(y)≥f(x)+⟨g(x),y−x⟩+2α​∥y−x∥2.

The first condition limits how rapidly the gradient changes. The second gives a quadratic lower bound on the function around any point. Here α>0\alpha>0α>0 and β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0. In positive dimension, the two conditions together entail β≥α\beta\ge\alphaβ≥α, so the condition number κ=β/α\kappa=\beta/\alphaκ=β/α is at least one. The case α=β\alpha=\betaα=β remains part of the target.

A point x∗x^*x∗ is a global minimizer when f(x∗)≤f(y)f(x^*)\le f(y)f(x∗)≤f(y) for every yyy. The book assumes such a point exists as a standing convention. A gradient descent run is a sequence (xt)t≥1(x_t)_{t\ge1}(xt​)t≥1​ satisfying xt+1=xt−ηg(xt)x_{t+1}=x_t-\eta g(x_t)xt+1​=xt​−ηg(xt​) at each positive index. Its first iterate x1x_1x1​ is arbitrary. The step size in this mission is fixed at η=2/(α+β)\eta=2/(\alpha+\beta)η=2/(α+β), rather than chosen by line search or adapted along the run.

Formalization targets

The central target is Theorem 3.12 of Bubeck, p. 279. For every integer t≥0t\ge0t≥0, the gradient descent run satisfies

f(xt+1)−f(x∗)≤β2exp⁡ ⁣(−4tκ+1)∥x1−x∗∥2.f(x_{t+1})-f(x^*)\le \frac\beta2\exp\!\left(-\frac{4t}{\kappa+1}\right)\|x_1-x^*\|^2.f(xt+1​)−f(x∗)≤2β​exp(−κ+14t​)∥x1​−x∗∥2.

At t=0t=0t=0 this is a smoothness bound on the initial value gap. For subsequent iterations it gives a linear convergence rate with the explicit exponential factor stated in the book. No initial-radius bound or bounded domain is imposed: the actual squared distance ∥x1−x∗∥2\|x_1-x^*\|^2∥x1​−x∗∥2 appears in the conclusion.

The milestones trace the mathematical claims stated in the source. Equation (3.6) is the co-coercivity inequality for gradients of convex smooth functions. The proof of Lemma 3.11 introduces ϕ(z)=f(z)−(α/2)∥z∥2\phi(z)=f(z)-(\alpha/2)\|z\|^2ϕ(z)=f(z)−(α/2)∥z∥2, and identifies it as convex and (β−α)(\beta-\alpha)(β−α)-smooth. Lemma 3.11 combines curvature and smoothness into a sharper inequality for two gradients. The proof of Theorem 3.12 then gives a value-gap bound, a one-step distance contraction, and its iterated exponential form. These statements are separately useful: the co-coercivity and contraction bounds can be reused in analyses of related first-order methods.

Significance

The theorem states a complete guarantee for the algorithm: an explicit rule, the hypotheses on the objective, and a bound valid for every iteration count. It makes the role of κ\kappaκ visible. When κ\kappaκ is close to one, the contraction is strong; when the smoothness constant is much larger than the curvature constant, more iterations are needed for the same error reduction. The stated dependence supports comparisons with projected and accelerated gradient methods elsewhere in the same monograph.

Formalizing the result requires a common interface for actual gradients, smoothness, strong convexity, and algorithm runs. The strong-convexity predicate is an existing published definition, while the local smoothness and run definitions use Bubeck's conventions. Once these interfaces and the inequalities are proved, later missions can use the resulting declarations to compare rates without translating between informal meanings of “smooth” or changing the iterate index. The source provides a mathematical proof; these draft Lean theorems carry sorry and do not yet constitute machine-checked proofs.

Difficulty

The main issue is getting the sharp contraction factor from two assumptions that control different parts of the gradient step. A direct Lipschitz estimate on the update map does not by itself express the mixed inner-product term with the constants needed for the stated factor. Lemma 3.11 is the source's precise bridge between the gradient difference, the point displacement, and their inner product. The case α=β\alpha=\betaα=β also needs to remain valid: a proof route that divides by β−α\beta-\alphaβ−α cannot cover that boundary by the same calculation.

The last display in the proof of Theorem 3.12 joins a one-step inequality involving xtx_txt​ to an exponential inequality involving x1x_1x1​. The latter is the cumulative statement after ttt steps. Keeping these as separate milestones makes each quantified claim explicit while preserving the theorem's bound.

Formalization scope

Lean represents Rn\mathbb R^nRn as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with n>0n>0n>0. The gradient is an explicit map ggg required to be the actual gradient of fff at every point. Smoothness is the gradient Lipschitz condition, not a quadratic upper bound used as a definition. Strong convexity uses the published OnlineConvexOpt.ConvexBasics.StronglyConvexOn predicate on the whole space; its formula is the book's (3.13). Iterates are indexed from one, and index zero imposes no condition. The norm, inner product, constants, and real exponential follow the printed formulas.

The added explicit conditions are n>0n>0n>0, α>0\alpha>0α>0, and β>0\beta>0β>0 where Equation (3.6) divides by β\betaβ. Positive dimension excludes a degenerate space where curvature imposes no restriction on smoothness. The positivity of α\alphaα makes κ\kappaκ meaningful; the source treats it as a positive strong-convexity parameter. The minimizer hypothesis is the book's standing convention. There is no assumption that g(x∗)=0g(x^*)=0g(x∗)=0: that property follows from global minimality and differentiability. A gradient map unrelated to fff would trivialize the model, so the smoothness definition includes the gradient identity.

The local development needs Euclidean inner-product identities, convexity, differentiability, Lipschitz gradient bounds, and real exponential estimates. The auxiliary function and the two co-coercivity inequalities are reusable outside this chapter. Contributions should prove the exact milestone statements and the final theorem, including t=0t=0t=0 and α=β\alpha=\betaα=β, without weakening constants or substituting another gradient descent step.

Selected references

  • Sébastien Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4):231–358, 2015. arXiv:1405.4980v2; DOI:10.1561/2200000050.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity IV: Gradient Descent on a Convex β-Smooth Function Has Rate 2β‖x₁ − x*‖²/(t − 1)Textbook

Motivation

Gradient descent goes back to Cauchy (1847). It is the simplest method for minimizing a differentiable function, and most of the first-order methods in large-scale optimization and machine learning are variants of it. Its appeal in high dimension is that its oracle complexity, the number of gradient evaluations needed to reach a given accuracy, can be bounded independently of the dimension. For a merely Lipschitz convex function the projected subgradient method needs on the order of 1/ε21/\varepsilon^21/ε2 steps to reach accuracy ε\varepsilonε (Theorem 3.2 of the book). Under a smoothness assumption gradient descent does much better, because the gradients shrink near the optimum and the steps adapt automatically.

This mission formalizes the basic result of that kind: Theorem 3.3 of S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4), 2015; arXiv:1405.4980v2). It states that gradient descent with step size 1/β1/\beta1/β on a convex β\betaβ-smooth function on Rn\mathbb R^nRn has optimality gap O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) after ttt steps. The result and its proof are standard; versions appear in Nesterov's Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization (2004, §2.1.5). It is the fourth mission in a series that formalizes the capstone results of Bubeck's monograph.

Setting

Write Rn\mathbb R^nRn for Euclidean space with inner product x⊤yx^\top yx⊤y and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be differentiable with gradient ∇f\nabla f∇f.

  • fff is convex if f((1−λ)x+λy)≤(1−λ)f(x)+λf(y)f((1-\lambda)x+\lambda y)\le(1-\lambda)f(x)+\lambda f(y)f((1−λ)x+λy)≤(1−λ)f(x)+λf(y) for all x,yx,yx,y and λ∈[0,1]\lambda\in[0,1]λ∈[0,1].
  • For β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0, fff is β\betaβ-smooth if its gradient is β\betaβ-Lipschitz:
∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥for all x,y∈Rn.\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le\beta\|x-y\|\qquad\text{for all }x,y\in\mathbb R^n.∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥for all x,y∈Rn.
  • A minimizer is a point x∗x^*x∗ with f(x∗)≤f(y)f(x^*)\le f(y)f(x∗)≤f(y) for every yyy. Throughout the book a minimizer is assumed to exist.
  • Gradient descent with step size η>0\eta>0η>0, started at x1∈Rnx_1\in\mathbb R^nx1​∈Rn, is the sequence
xt+1=xt−η∇f(xt),t≥1.(3.1)x_{t+1}=x_t-\eta\nabla f(x_t),\qquad t\ge1. \tag{3.1}xt+1​=xt​−η∇f(xt​),t≥1.(3.1)

The optimality gaps are δs=f(xs)−f(x∗)≥0\delta_s=f(x_s)-f(x^*)\ge0δs​=f(xs​)−f(x∗)≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3 (p. 267)

If fff is convex and β\betaβ-smooth with β>0\beta>0β>0, x∗x^*x∗ is a minimizer, and (xt)(x_t)(xt​) is gradient descent with η=1/β\eta=1/\betaη=1/β, then for every t≥2t\ge2t≥2

f(xt)−f(x∗)≤2β∥x1−x∗∥2t−1.f(x_t)-f(x^*)\le\frac{2\beta\|x_1-x^*\|^2}{t-1}.f(xt​)−f(x∗)≤t−12β∥x1​−x∗∥2​.

Milestones

These are the statements the book's proof uses, in the book's order:

  1. Lemma 3.4 (p. 267). For any β\betaβ-smooth fff, with no convexity: ∣f(x)−f(y)−∇f(y)⊤(x−y)∣≤β2∥x−y∥2|f(x)-f(y)-\nabla f(y)^\top(x-y)|\le\frac\beta2\|x-y\|^2∣f(x)−f(y)−∇f(y)⊤(x−y)∣≤2β​∥x−y∥2.
  2. (3.4) (p. 267). For convex β\betaβ-smooth fff: 0≤f(x)−f(y)−∇f(y)⊤(x−y)≤β2∥x−y∥20\le f(x)-f(y)-\nabla f(y)^\top(x-y)\le\frac\beta2\|x-y\|^20≤f(x)−f(y)−∇f(y)⊤(x−y)≤2β​∥x−y∥2.
  3. (3.5) (p. 267). For convex fff, one step of length 1/β1/\beta1/β decreases fff by at least 12β∥∇f(x)∥2\frac1{2\beta}\|\nabla f(x)\|^22β1​∥∇f(x)∥2.
  4. Lemma 3.5 (p. 268). If (3.4) holds, then f(x)−f(y)≤∇f(x)⊤(x−y)−12β∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥2f(x)-f(y)\le\nabla f(x)^\top(x-y)-\frac1{2\beta}\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|^2f(x)−f(y)≤∇f(x)⊤(x−y)−2β1​∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥2.
  5. (3.6) (p. 269). Co-coercivity: (∇f(x)−∇f(y))⊤(x−y)≥1β∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥2(\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y))^\top(x-y)\ge\frac1\beta\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|^2(∇f(x)−∇f(y))⊤(x−y)≥β1​∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥2.
  6. Distances decrease (proof of Theorem 3.3, p. 269). ∥xs+1−x∗∥≤∥xs−x∗∥\|x_{s+1}-x^*\|\le\|x_s-x^*\|∥xs+1​−x∗∥≤∥xs​−x∗∥ for every s≥1s\ge1s≥1.
  7. The recursion (p. 268). δs+1≤δs−12β∥x1−x∗∥2δs2\delta_{s+1}\le\delta_s-\frac{1}{2\beta\|x_1-x^*\|^2}\delta_s^2δs+1​≤δs​−2β∥x1​−x∗∥21​δs2​.
  8. From the recursion to the rate (p. 269). For ω>0\omega>0ω>0 and non-negative reals, ωδs2+δs+1≤δs\omega\delta_s^2+\delta_{s+1}\le\delta_sωδs2​+δs+1​≤δs​ for all s≥1s\ge 1s≥1 implies 1/δt≥ω(t−1)1/\delta_t\ge\omega(t-1)1/δt​≥ω(t−1).

Stronger companion: footnote 4 (p. 269)

Under the same hypotheses, f(xt)−f(x∗)≤2β∥x1−x∗∥2/(t+3)f(x_t)-f(x^*)\le 2\beta\|x_1-x^*\|^2/(t+3)f(xt​)−f(x∗)≤2β∥x1​−x∗∥2/(t+3) for every t≥1t\ge1t≥1.

Significance

Theorem 3.3 is the reference rate for first-order methods on smooth convex problems. Several later results in the book are measured against it. Nesterov's accelerated gradient descent (§3.7) improves 1/t1/t1/t to 1/t21/t^21/t2, the lower bounds of §3.5 show that 1/t21/t^21/t2 cannot be beaten by any black-box first-order method, and adding strong convexity (§3.4) upgrades 1/t1/t1/t to a linear rate. Its ingredients are reused throughout the book and the optimization literature: the descent lemma (Lemma 3.4), the one-step improvement (3.5) and co-coercivity (3.6). Co-coercivity is the finite-dimensional case of the Baillon–Haddad theorem.

The result is classical and fully proved on paper. To our knowledge Mathlib does not contain this rate for gradient descent on convex smooth functions, and no published Prove2Me theorem states it. The mission provides it, together with Lemma 3.4 and co-coercivity as reusable statements on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). These are the facts that later missions of the series on projected gradient descent, strong convexity and acceleration need. Formalizing the improved constant of footnote 4 is a welcome addition.

Difficulty

Two steps are not routine. The first is Lemma 3.4, where the book integrates the gradient along a segment. In Lean this needs a mean-value or fundamental-theorem-of-calculus argument for a function on a Euclidean space, together with a Cauchy–Schwarz estimate, and Mathlib's HasGradientAt interface has to be connected to one-variable derivatives along lines.

The second is the monotonicity of ∥xs−x∗∥\|x_s-x^*\|∥xs​−x∗∥. The natural first attempt is to telescope the one-step improvement (3.5) together with the convexity bound δs≤∥xs−x∗∥∥∇f(xs)∥\delta_s\le\|x_s-x^*\|\|\nabla f(x_s)\|δs​≤∥xs​−x∗∥∥∇f(xs​)∥. That gives a recursion involving ∥xs−x∗∥\|x_s-x^*\|∥xs​−x∗∥, which is not controlled by ∥x1−x∗∥\|x_1-x^*\|∥x1​−x∗∥ without further work. Making the recursion uniform requires co-coercivity (3.6), which comes from Lemma 3.5. That lemma's hypothesis is the two-sided inequality (3.4), not smoothness directly. The final numerical step divides by the gaps δs\delta_sδs​, so zero gaps need separate handling.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), and x⊤yx^\top yx⊤y is ⟪x, y⟫_ℝ.
  • The gradient is an explicit map g:Rn→Rng:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^ng:Rn→Rn with the hypothesis ∀ x, HasGradientAt f (g x) x.
  • β\betaβ-smoothness (IsBetaSmooth f g β) is the book's definition: β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0, the gradient-existence hypothesis, and the Lipschitz bound ∥g(x)−g(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥\|g(x)-g(y)\|\le\beta\|x-y\|∥g(x)−g(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥. The book's "continuously differentiable" follows from it.
  • Convexity is Mathlib's ConvexOn ℝ Set.univ f. A minimizer is a point xstar with ∀ y, f xstar ≤ f y; its existence is the book's standing assumption, and ∇f(x∗)=0\nabla f(x^*)=0∇f(x∗)=0 is derived, not assumed.
  • A gradient-descent run (IsGDRun g η x) is a sequence x : ℕ → ℝⁿ with η>0\eta>0η>0 and xt+1=xt−ηg(xt)x_{t+1}=x_t-\eta g(x_t)xt+1​=xt​−ηg(xt​) for every t≥1t\ge1t≥1. The book's x1x_1x1​ is x 1, and index 000 is unused. Every theorem quantifies over all runs with η=1/β\eta=1/\betaη=1/β.

Disclosed side conditions:

  • β>0\beta>0β>0 wherever the page divides by β\betaβ. Convexity is retained for (3.5), as in its source context.
  • t≥2t\ge2t≥2 in the goal, where the page's bound has denominator t−1t-1t−1.
  • Statements in which the page divides by δs\delta_sδs​ or by ∥x1−x∗∥2\|x_1-x^*\|^2∥x1​−x∗∥2 are multiplied through, so that they stay true and meaningful when those quantities vanish.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. Smoothness is the Lipschitz condition on the gradient, so Lemma 3.4 and (3.4) are not restatements of the definition, as they would be if the quadratic upper bound (3.4) were taken as the definition of smoothness. The run predicate also fixes the step size 1/β1/\beta1/β.

A complete development needs:

  • the segment integral or mean-value estimate for HasGradientAt functions;
  • first-order characterizations of convexity for differentiable functions;
  • elementary inner-product algebra.

Lemma 3.4, Lemma 3.5 and (3.6) are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4):231–357, 2015. arXiv:1405.4980v2; §3.2, pp. 266–269.
  • A. Cauchy, Méthode générale pour la résolution des systèmes d'équations simultanées, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 25:536–538, 1847.
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. doi:10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • J.-B. Baillon and G. Haddad, Quelques propriétés des opérateurs angle-bornés et n-cycliquement monotones, Israel J. Math. 26:137–150, 1977. doi:10.1007/BF03007664
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Constructing Uncertainty Sets for Robust Linear Optimization 3: The Largest Centrally Symmetric Distortion Inner Approximation of a Polytope Solves a Linear ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

A robust linear constraint a′x≥ba'x \ge ba′x≥b for all a∈Ua \in \mathcal Ua∈U protects a decision xxx against every realization of the data aaa in an uncertainty set U\mathcal UU. Robust optimization took this form in the work of Ben-Tal and Nemirovski (Math. Oper. Res. 1998; Oper. Res. Lett. 1999), where U\mathcal UU is chosen by the modeller. Bertsimas and Brown (Oper. Res. 2009) tie the choice of U\mathcal UU to the decision maker's attitude towards risk: on a finite sample A={a1,…,aN}\mathcal A = \{a_1,\dots,a_N\}A={a1​,…,aN​}, a coherent risk measure constraint μ(a~′x−b)≤0\mu(\tilde a'x - b) \le 0μ(a~′x−b)≤0 is equivalent to a robust constraint over a convex set built from A\mathcal AA, and for the distortion risk measures (the law-invariant, comonotone coherent measures, which include CVaR) that set is a polytope of a special kind, a permutohull.

An uncertainty set in practice is often an arbitrary polyhedron, given by the modeller or by previous analysis. Section 4.5 of the paper asks which distortion risk measure best approximates such a polyhedron from inside: the largest permutohull of a given shape contained in it. A positive answer quantifies how conservative a given polyhedral uncertainty set is relative to a distortion risk measure, and gives the risk measure that is closest to it. This mission is the third of a series of three on the paper; the first establishes the permutohull representation of distortion risk constraints, the second the generators of the centrally symmetric distortion measures.

Setting

Fix N≥1N \ge 1N≥1 and data a1,…,aN∈Rna_1,\dots,a_N \in \mathbb R^na1​,…,aN​∈Rn, the columns of a matrix AAA. Let eN∈RNe_N \in \mathbb R^NeN​∈RN have 1/N1/N1/N at each entry, so the sample mean is a^=AeN\hat a = Ae_Na^=AeN​.

  • The restricted simplex Δ^N\hat\Delta^NΔ^N is the set of probability vectors q∈RNq \in \mathbb R^Nq∈RN with q1≥⋯≥qNq_1 \ge \dots \ge q_Nq1​≥⋯≥qN​. Under the uniform probability on NNN points, the distortion risk measures are exactly the maps μq(X)=−∑iqix(i)\mu_q(X) = -\sum_i q_i x_{(i)}μq​(X)=−∑i​qi​x(i)​, q∈Δ^Nq \in \hat\Delta^Nq∈Δ^N, with x(1)≤⋯≤x(N)x_{(1)} \le \dots \le x_{(N)}x(1)​≤⋯≤x(N)​ the ordered values of XXX (Theorem 4.2 of the paper).
  • For q∈RNq \in \mathbb R^Nq∈RN, the qqq-permutohull is Πq(A)=conv⁡{∑iqσ(i)ai:σ∈SN}\Pi_q(\mathcal A) = \operatorname{conv}\{\sum_i q_{\sigma(i)} a_i : \sigma \in S_N\}Πq​(A)=conv{∑i​qσ(i)​ai​:σ∈SN​}. The robust constraint over Πq(A)\Pi_q(\mathcal A)Πq​(A) is the risk constraint for μq\mu_qμq​.
  • The symmetric restricted simplex Δ^symN\hat\Delta^N_{\mathrm{sym}}Δ^symN​ is the set of q∈Δ^Nq \in \hat\Delta^Nq∈Δ^N with q=2eN−qσq = 2e_N - q_\sigmaq=2eN​−qσ​ for some permutation σ\sigmaσ, where (qσ)i=qσ(i)(q_\sigma)_i = q_{\sigma(i)}(qσ​)i​=qσ(i)​. For these qqq the permutohull is centrally symmetric about a^\hat aa^.
  • With π~q(A)=Πq(A)−a^\tilde\pi_q(\mathcal A) = \Pi_q(\mathcal A) - \hat aπ~q​(A)=Πq​(A)−a^, the Minkowski functional
∥w∥q,A=inf⁡{α>0:w/α∈π~q(A)}\|w\|_{q,\mathcal A} = \inf\{\alpha > 0 : w/\alpha \in \tilde\pi_q(\mathcal A)\}∥w∥q,A​=inf{α>0:w/α∈π~q​(A)}

measures w=a−a^w = a - \hat aw=a−a^ against the shifted permutohull (12).

  • The polyhedron is U={a∈Rn:uk′a≥vk, k=1,…,m}\mathcal U = \{a \in \mathbb R^n : u_k'a \ge v_k,\ k = 1,\dots,m\}U={a∈Rn:uk′​a≥vk​, k=1,…,m} (14), with a^∈U\hat a \in \mathcal Ua^∈U.

The family of candidate inner approximations is obtained by mixing a fixed q^∈Δ^symN\hat q \in \hat\Delta^N_{\mathrm{sym}}q^​∈Δ^symN​ with the uniform generator: q=λq^+(1−λ)eNq = \lambda\hat q + (1-\lambda)e_Nq=λq^​+(1−λ)eN​, λ∈R\lambda \in \mathbb Rλ∈R.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.5

Let λ∗\lambda^*λ∗ be the optimal value of the linear program

max⁡ λs.t.q=λq^+(1−λ)e/N,e′(sk+tk)≥vk ∀k,sk,i+tk,j≤(uk′aj) qi ∀i,j,k,(15)\max\ \lambda\quad\text{s.t.}\quad q = \lambda\hat q + (1-\lambda)e/N,\quad e'(s_k + t_k) \ge v_k\ \forall k,\quad s_{k,i} + t_{k,j} \le (u_k'a_j)\,q_i\ \forall i,j,k, \tag{15}max λs.t.q=λq^​+(1−λ)e/N,e′(sk​+tk​)≥vk​ ∀k,sk,i​+tk,j​≤(uk′​aj​)qi​ ∀i,j,k,(15)

in sk,tk,q∈RNs_k, t_k, q \in \mathbb R^Nsk​,tk​,q∈RN and λ∈R\lambda \in \mathbb Rλ∈R, and q∗=λ∗q^+(1−λ∗)eNq^* = \lambda^*\hat q + (1-\lambda^*)e_Nq∗=λ∗q^​+(1−λ∗)eN​. Then

Πq∗(A)⊆U,Πλq^+(1−λ)eN(A)⊆U  ⟹  Πλq^+(1−λ)eN(A)⊆Πq∗(A),\Pi_{q^*}(\mathcal A) \subseteq \mathcal U,\qquad \Pi_{\lambda\hat q + (1-\lambda)e_N}(\mathcal A) \subseteq \mathcal U \implies \Pi_{\lambda\hat q + (1-\lambda)e_N}(\mathcal A) \subseteq \Pi_{q^*}(\mathcal A),Πq∗​(A)⊆U,Πλq^​+(1−λ)eN​​(A)⊆U⟹Πλq^​+(1−λ)eN​​(A)⊆Πq∗​(A),

and, when q^≠eN\hat q \ne e_Nq^​=eN​, q∗∈Δ^Nq^* \in \hat\Delta^Nq∗∈Δ^N if and only if

λ∗≤11−Nq^min⁡.(16)\lambda^* \le \frac{1}{1 - N\hat q_{\min}}. \tag{16}λ∗≤1−Nq^​min​1​.(16)

Milestones

  1. Proposition 4.2: for q∈Δ^symNq \in \hat\Delta^N_{\mathrm{sym}}q∈Δ^symN​ with Πq(A)\Pi_q(\mathcal A)Πq​(A) of nonempty interior, ∥⋅∥q,A\|\cdot\|_{q,\mathcal A}∥⋅∥q,A​ is a norm.
  2. Scaling (proof of Lemma 4.2): Πλq+(1−λ)eN(A)=a^+λ π~q(A)\Pi_{\lambda q + (1-\lambda)e_N}(\mathcal A) = \hat a + \lambda\,\tilde\pi_q(\mathcal A)Πλq+(1−λ)eN​​(A)=a^+λπ~q​(A) for every q∈RNq \in \mathbb R^Nq∈RN, λ∈R\lambda \in \mathbb Rλ∈R.
  3. Lemma 4.2: ∥a−a^∥λq+(1−λ)eN,A=1∣λ∣∥a−a^∥q,A\|a - \hat a\|_{\lambda q + (1-\lambda)e_N,\mathcal A} = \frac{1}{|\lambda|}\|a - \hat a\|_{q,\mathcal A}∥a−a^∥λq+(1−λ)eN​,A​=∣λ∣1​∥a−a^∥q,A​ for q∈Δ^symNq \in \hat\Delta^N_{\mathrm{sym}}q∈Δ^symN​, λ≠0\lambda \ne 0λ=0.
  4. Containment as linear constraints (proof of Theorem 4.5): Πq(A)⊆U\Pi_q(\mathcal A) \subseteq \mathcal UΠq​(A)⊆U iff vectors sk,tks_k, t_ksk​,tk​ satisfying the constraints of (15) exist, for every q∈RNq \in \mathbb R^Nq∈RN.
  5. Nonnegativity (proof of Theorem 4.5): for λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 and Nq^min⁡<1N\hat q_{\min} < 1Nq^​min​<1, λq^+(1−λ)eN∈Δ^N\lambda\hat q + (1-\lambda)e_N \in \hat\Delta^Nλq^​+(1−λ)eN​∈Δ^N iff λ≤1/(1−Nq^min⁡)\lambda \le 1/(1 - N\hat q_{\min})λ≤1/(1−Nq^​min​).

Significance

The theorem reduces a geometric question — the largest member of a one-parameter family of centrally symmetric polytopes, each with N!N!N! potential vertices, that fits inside an arbitrary polyhedron — to a linear program with O(mN)O(mN)O(mN) variables and O(mN2)O(mN^2)O(mN2) constraints. Its solution identifies a distortion risk measure μ=λ∗μq^+(1−λ∗)E[−X]\mu = \lambda^*\mu_{\hat q} + (1-\lambda^*)\mathbb E[-X]μ=λ∗μq^​​+(1−λ∗)E[−X], which the paper reads as a mean–deviation measure in the style of a Sharpe ratio, and the bound (16) decides whether the optimal set is itself a distortion set or must be shrunk further.

The results are proved in the paper, with short proofs that pass over several points: the scaling identity is asserted, the duality step leaves the assignment-problem structure implicit, and the norm claim requires a nondegeneracy condition that the page does not state. No machine-checked proof of any of them is known. A formalization fixes the exact hypotheses (nonempty interior for the norm, λ≠0\lambda \ne 0λ=0 in (13), q^≠eN\hat q \ne e_Nq^​=eN​ in (16)), and the containment equivalence for arbitrary real weight vectors qqq is a reusable fact about permutohulls and assignment duality.

Difficulty

The goal combines three ingredients of different nature. The containment equivalence needs that minimizing a linear function over the permutohull is a linear program over the Birkhoff polytope of doubly stochastic matrices, followed by linear programming duality for that program; neither the Birkhoff–von Neumann theorem nor assignment duality is a one-line consequence of what is in Mathlib. The scaling identity is a statement about convex hulls under an affine map and holds for all real λ\lambdaλ, including the reflected case λ<0\lambda < 0λ<0; the maximality claim then needs the central symmetry of Πq^(A)\Pi_{\hat q}(\mathcal A)Πq^​​(A) about a^\hat aa^, which is a property of Δ^symN\hat\Delta^N_{\mathrm{sym}}Δ^symN​ (Proposition 4.1 of the paper) and not of a general qqq. The tempting shortcut — comparing gauges directly — fails at λ=0\lambda = 0λ=0, where the permutohull is the single point a^\hat aa^ and the gauge is degenerate.

Formalization scope

Vectors in RN\mathbb R^NRN and Rn\mathbb R^nRn are Fin N → ℝ and Fin n → ℝ, with 000-based indices; aia_iai​ is a i, uk′au_k'auk′​a is a dot product. Δ^N\hat\Delta^NΔ^N uses Mathlib's stdSimplex and Antitone. The permutohull is convexHull of the range over Equiv.Perm (Fin N), defined for every real qqq because (15) evaluates it at mixtures with possibly negative entries. The Minkowski functional is Mathlib's gauge, which takes the value 000 (not +∞+\infty+∞) on points no positive multiple of the set reaches; this is why Proposition 4.2 assumes Πq(A)\Pi_q(\mathcal A)Πq​(A) has nonempty interior and why the goal states "largest" as set containment. q^min⁡\hat q_{\min}q^​min​ is min⁡iq^i\min_i \hat q_imini​q^​i​. The optimal value λ∗\lambda^*λ∗ is a hypothesis (it is the greatest element of the feasible set of (15)), not a supremum defined by sSup.

Standing assumptions and disclosed additions: N≥1N \ge 1N≥1; the polyhedron (14) is not assumed bounded (a generalization); in (13) the right-hand norm is that of qqq, not q~\tilde qq~​ as printed, and λ≠0\lambda \ne 0λ=0; in (16), Nq^min⁡<1N\hat q_{\min} < 1Nq^​min​<1; "corresponds to a distortion risk measure" is read, as the proof reads it, as q∗∈Δ^Nq^* \in \hat\Delta^Nq∗∈Δ^N. A formalization that assumes Πq∗(A)⊆U\Pi_{q^*}(\mathcal A) \subseteq \mathcal UΠq∗​(A)⊆U or the maximality of λ∗\lambda^*λ∗ trivializes the theorem: both are conclusions, and the linear program enters only through its constraints and its optimal value.

A complete development needs: convex hulls under affine maps; the Birkhoff–von Neumann theorem (doubly stochastic matrices are convex combinations of permutation matrices); duality for the assignment linear program; gauge calculus for centrally symmetric convex bodies. The containment equivalence and the scaling identity are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the Birkhoff and assignment-duality infrastructure, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas and D. B. Brown, Constructing uncertainty sets for robust linear optimization, Operations Research 57(6):1483–1495, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0646
  • A. Ben-Tal and A. Nemirovski, Robust convex optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research 23(4):769–805, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.23.4.769
  • A. Ben-Tal and A. Nemirovski, Robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Operations Research Letters 25(1):1–13, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-6377(99)00016-4
  • P. Artzner, F. Delbaen, J.-M. Eber and D. Heath, Coherent measures of risk, Mathematical Finance 9(3):203–228, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00068
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Solutions of Uncertain Linear Programs II: With Ellipsoidal Uncertainty the Robust Counterpart Is Equivalent to a Conic Quadratic ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

The data of a linear program are often not known exactly: they are measured or estimated, or they are forecasts. The robust counterpart approach, going back to Soyster (1973), asks for a solution that is feasible for every data matrix in a prescribed uncertainty set and is best among such solutions. Ben-Tal and Nemirovski's 1999 paper [1] showed that the method stays computationally tractable for a broad class of uncertainty sets, the ellipsoidal uncertainties: the robust counterpart of an uncertain LP is then a conic quadratic program (CQP), solvable by interior point methods at roughly the cost of an LP of similar size. This result is the basis of robust linear optimization as it is used today [2], [3]. It is also the reason ellipsoidal sets are the default choice in robust portfolio selection (§4 of the paper) and in many later robust models.

Timeline. Soyster (1973) treated column-wise box uncertainty, for which the counterpart is again an LP [4]. Ben-Tal and Nemirovski (1998) developed the general theory of robust convex optimization [5]. The present paper (1999) proved the ellipsoidal-to-CQP reduction for LPs (Theorem 3.1). Its proof relies on the conic duality theory of Nesterov and Nemirovski (1994) [6].

Setting

An uncertain linear program in the homogeneous form (6) is

min⁡{cTx∣Ax≥0, fTx=1},\min\{c^Tx \mid Ax \ge 0,\ f^Tx = 1\},min{cTx∣Ax≥0, fTx=1},

where c,f∈Rnc, f \in \mathbb R^nc,f∈Rn are fixed and the matrix A∈Rm×nA \in \mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n lies in an uncertainty set U\mathcal UU. A point xxx is robust feasible if fTx=1f^Tx = 1fTx=1 and Ax≥0Ax \ge 0Ax≥0 for every A∈UA \in \mathcal UA∈U. The robust counterpart (PU)(P_{\mathcal U})(PU​) minimizes cTxc^TxcTx over the robust feasible set

GU={x∣Ax≥0 ∀A∈U, fTx=1}.G_{\mathcal U} = \{x \mid Ax \ge 0\ \forall A \in \mathcal U,\ f^Tx = 1\}.GU​={x∣Ax≥0 ∀A∈U, fTx=1}.

An ellipsoid in Rm×n\mathbb R^{m\times n}Rm×n (display (14)) is a set

U(Π,Q)={Π(u)∣∥Qu∥≤1},U(\Pi, Q) = \{\Pi(u) \mid \|Qu\| \le 1\},U(Π,Q)={Π(u)∣∥Qu∥≤1},

where Π(u)=P0+∑j=1LujPj\Pi(u) = P^0 + \sum_{j=1}^L u_jP^jΠ(u)=P0+∑j=1L​uj​Pj is affine in u∈RLu \in \mathbb R^Lu∈RL, QQQ is an M×LM\times LM×L matrix, and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm. A singular QQQ gives an ellipsoidal cylinder, which may be unbounded. An ellipsoidal uncertainty is a set

U=⋂ℓ=0kU(Πℓ,Qℓ)\mathcal U = \bigcap_{\ell=0}^k U(\Pi_\ell, Q_\ell)U=ℓ=0⋂k​U(Πℓ​,Qℓ​)

(condition A) that is bounded (condition B) and contains a matrix AAA with A=Πℓ(uℓ)A = \Pi_\ell(u^\ell)A=Πℓ​(uℓ) and ∥Qℓuℓ∥<1\|Q_\ell u^\ell\| < 1∥Qℓ​uℓ∥<1 for every ℓ\ellℓ (condition C, a Slater condition).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

For every x∈Rnx \in \mathbb R^nx∈Rn,

x∈GU  ⟺  fTx=1  and  ∀i≤m  ∃ λ(i),μ(i),ν(i): (x,λ(i),μ(i),ν(i)) satisfies (Ci).x \in G_{\mathcal U} \iff f^Tx = 1 \ \text{ and }\ \forall i \le m\ \ \exists\, \lambda^{(i)}, \mu^{(i)}, \nu^{(i)} :\ (x, \lambda^{(i)}, \mu^{(i)}, \nu^{(i)}) \text{ satisfies } (\mathcal C_i).x∈GU​⟺fTx=1  and  ∀i≤m  ∃λ(i),μ(i),ν(i): (x,λ(i),μ(i),ν(i)) satisfies (Ci​).

Here (Ci)(\mathcal C_i)(Ci​) is an explicit system: linear equations and one linear inequality in (x,λ,μ,ν)(x, \lambda, \mu, \nu)(x,λ,μ,ν), together with the second-order cone constraints ∥μℓ(i)∥≤νℓ(i)\|\mu^{(i)}_\ell\| \le \nu^{(i)}_\ell∥μℓ(i)​∥≤νℓ(i)​. Its coefficients are the matrices PℓjP^j_\ellPℓj​ and QℓQ_\ellQℓ​. The robust feasible set is therefore the projection of the feasible set of the conic quadratic program (CQP), which minimizes cTxc^TxcTx subject to (C1),…,(Cm)(\mathcal C_1), \dots, (\mathcal C_m)(C1​),…,(Cm​) and fTx=1f^Tx = 1fTx=1.

Milestones, in the order of the Appendix's proof

  1. U\mathcal UU equals the image of the feasible set of the problem (Pi[x])(P_i[x])(Pi​[x]) under u↦Π0(u0)u \mapsto \Pi_0(u^0)u↦Π0​(u0) (p. 15).
  2. Claim (I): with fTx=1f^Tx = 1fTx=1, xxx is robust feasible iff every (Pi[x])(P_i[x])(Pi​[x]) has nonnegative optimal value (p. 15).
  3. Claim (II): conic quadratic duality. A strictly feasible primal that is bounded below has a solvable dual with equal optimal value (p. 15).
  4. Conditions B and C make every (Pi[x])(P_i[x])(Pi​[x]) strictly feasible and bounded below (p. 16).

Companion results

The CQP forms (16) and (17) of the simplest cases (a single ellipsoid; constraint-wise ellipsoids), Remark 3.1 (bounded polytopes are ellipsoidal uncertainties), and the robust portfolio counterpart (22).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.1 turns a semi-infinite constraint system (one constraint for every A∈UA \in \mathcal UA∈U) into finitely many conic quadratic constraints whose size is polynomial in the data. Robust LPs with ellipsoidal uncertainty, which by Remark 3.1 include polytopic uncertainty, can therefore be solved by standard conic solvers. Later robust optimization results, such as budgeted uncertainty, affinely adjustable policies and distributionally robust LPs, refine this pattern.

Formalizing it. The theorem is classical and its proof is complete, but no machine-checked proof exists. A formal proof needs a conic quadratic strong duality theorem with dual attainment (claim (II)), which Mathlib does not have in this form. That duality theorem can be reused well beyond this mission. The companion results (16), (17) and (22) are self-contained computations of a minimum of a linear function over a Euclidean ball.

Difficulty

The "if" direction is weak duality: a solution of (Ci)(\mathcal C_i)(Ci​) certifies that the iii-th constraint holds for all of U\mathcal UU. The content is the "only if" direction. It requires dual attainment, not merely equality of optimal values, because a solution of (Ci)(\mathcal C_i)(Ci​) must exist. Dual attainment fails without a constraint qualification. Condition C must hold strictly for every ellipsoid, including ℓ=0\ell = 0ℓ=0, and the ellipsoids may be cylinders, so the variables uℓu^\elluℓ can range over unbounded sets even though U\mathcal UU is bounded. Projecting the problem onto a single parameter space is not available in general, because the maps Πℓ\Pi_\ellΠℓ​ need not be injective.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ and matrices Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ. The indices ℓ=0,…,k\ell = 0, \dots, kℓ=0,…,k are Fin (k + 1), and the kkk equality multipliers λℓ\lambda_\ellλℓ​, ℓ≥1\ell \ge 1ℓ≥1, are indexed by Fin k. Every norm is Euclidean, written out as euclidNorm v = √(∑ v_j²), because Mathlib's norm on Fin M → ℝ is the sup norm, under which ellipsoids would become boxes. Condition B is a uniform bound on all matrix entries, and condition C is required for every ℓ=0,…,k\ell = 0, \dots, kℓ=0,…,k. The page's words say "ℓ=1,…,k\ell = 1, \dots, kℓ=1,…,k", but its display and the proof use every ℓ\ellℓ. Injectivity of Πℓ\Pi_\ellΠℓ​ is not assumed, and neither is §2.1's standing assumption that U\mathcal UU is convex and closed. An ellipsoidal uncertainty is convex automatically, and closedness is not used, so both omissions generalize the statement. Three printed slips are corrected and disclosed: the sum in the equality constraint of (CQPd_dd​) runs over ℓ=0,…,k\ell = 0, \dots, kℓ=0,…,k; (Ci)(\mathcal C_i)(Ci​) has φ(i)[x]\varphi^{(i)}[x]φ(i)[x] where the page prints f(i)[x]f^{(i)}[x]f(i)[x]; and Remark 3.1 has the factor 2/(ri−si)2/(r_i - s_i)2/(ri​−si​) where the page prints (ri−si)/2(r_i - s_i)/2(ri​−si​)/2.

The goal is not the contentless statement "some conic quadratic program has GUG_{\mathcal U}GU​ as a projection", which holds for every closed convex set. It names the system (Ci)(\mathcal C_i)(Ci​) built from the data PℓjP^j_\ellPℓj​, QℓQ_\ellQℓ​. The goal also does not mention optimal values, (CQPp_pp​) or strict feasibility; those are milestones.

Contributions are welcome on the conic duality theorem (II) as a standalone result, on the finite-dimensional facts that minimize a linear function over a Euclidean ball (used in (16), (17) and (22)), and on the goal itself.

Selected references

  1. A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Operations Research Letters 25(1):1–13, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-6377(99)00016-4
  2. A. Ben-Tal, L. El Ghaoui, A. Nemirovski, Robust Optimization, Princeton University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400831050
  3. D. Bertsimas, D. B. Brown, C. Caramanis, Theory and applications of robust optimization, SIAM Review 53(3):464–501, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1137/080734510
  4. A. L. Soyster, Convex programming with set-inclusive constraints and applications to inexact linear programming, Operations Research 21(5):1154–1157, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.5.1154
  5. A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Robust convex optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research 23(4):769–805, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.23.4.769
  6. Yu. Nesterov, A. Nemirovski, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM Studies in Applied Mathematics 13, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Constructing Uncertainty Sets for Robust Linear Optimization 2: The Distortion Risk Measures with Centrally Symmetric Permutohulls Are the Mixtures of ⌊N/2⌋+1 GeneratorsResearch Paper

Motivation

A linear decision made with uncertain coefficients can be protected by requiring the constraint to hold for every coefficient vector in an uncertainty set. Choosing that set determines how conservative the decision is. Bertsimas and Brown connect this choice to a risk measure: a functional that assigns a cost to the random reward left by a decision. Their construction turns certain risk constraints into robust linear constraints over a convex hull of weighted samples. This mission isolates the structural question asked in §4.4 of their paper: which such risk measures always produce uncertainty sets that are centrally symmetric about the sample mean? The answer matters because this symmetric family is the class used in the paper's subsequent approximation of general polyhedral uncertainty sets. Bertsimas and Brown (2009), §§4.3–4.5.

Setting

There are N≥1N\ge1N≥1 observations, indexed by i=1,…,Ni=1,\ldots,Ni=1,…,N, with equal reference probabilities. A probability weight vector q=(q1,…,qN)q=(q_1,\ldots,q_N)q=(q1​,…,qN​) has nonnegative entries summing to one. The restricted simplex Δ^N\widehat\Delta^NΔN contains those vectors whose entries are nonincreasing: q1≥⋯≥qNq_1\ge\cdots\ge q_Nq1​≥⋯≥qN​. For a reward vector X=(x1,…,xN)X=(x_1,\ldots,x_N)X=(x1​,…,xN​), write x(1)≤⋯≤x(N)x_{(1)}\le\cdots\le x_{(N)}x(1)​≤⋯≤x(N)​ for its increasing order statistics. The associated distortion risk measure is μq(X)=−∑iqix(i)\mu_q(X)=-\sum_iq_i x_{(i)}μq​(X)=−∑i​qi​x(i)​. A larger reward therefore reduces risk. Under the uniform distribution, the paper's Theorem 4.2 identifies these functionals, for q∈Δ^Nq\in\widehat\Delta^Nq∈ΔN, with its distortion risk measures. Bertsimas and Brown (2009), Theorem 4.2.

Take arbitrary sample vectors a1,…,aN∈Rna_1,\ldots,a_N\in\mathbb R^na1​,…,aN​∈Rn. For a permutation σ\sigmaσ of their indices, form the weighted vector ∑iqσ(i)ai\sum_iq_{\sigma(i)}a_i∑i​qσ(i)​ai​. The qqq-permutohull Πq(A)\Pi_q(\mathcal A)Πq​(A) is the convex hull of all these vectors. Its center of interest is the sample mean a^=N−1∑iai\widehat a=N^{-1}\sum_i a_ia=N−1∑i​ai​. A set PPP is centrally symmetric through x0∈Px_0\in Px0​∈P when x0+x∈Px_0+x\in Px0​+x∈P implies x0−x∈Px_0-x\in Px0​−x∈P for every xxx. The quantifier “for any data” ranges over every dimension nnn and every choice of NNN sample vectors. It is stronger than symmetry for one selected data set. Bertsimas and Brown (2009), Definitions 4.7–4.8.

Formalization targets

The first target is Proposition 4.1's characterization of weights giving universal symmetry. If eNe_NeN​ is the vector with every entry 1/N1/N1/N, then

[Πq(A) is centrally symmetric through a^ for every n,A]⟺∃σ∈SN: q=2eN−qσ.\bigl[\Pi_q(\mathcal A)\text{ is centrally symmetric through }\widehat a \text{ for every }n,\mathcal A\bigr] \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \exists\sigma\in S_N:\ q=2e_N-q_\sigma.[Πq​(A) is centrally symmetric through a for every n,A]⟺∃σ∈SN​: q=2eN​−qσ​.

This condition defines the symmetric restricted simplex Δ^symN\widehat\Delta^N_{\mathrm{sym}}ΔsymN​ inside Δ^N\widehat\Delta^NΔN. Bertsimas and Brown (2009), Proposition 4.1 and Definition 4.9.

The main target is Theorem 4.4. Put N^=⌊N/2⌋+1\widehat N=\lfloor N/2\rfloor+1N=⌊N/2⌋+1. For 1≤j≤N^1\le j\le\widehat N1≤j≤N, define a generator qˉ j\bar q^{\,j}qˉ​j by

qˉi j={2/N,i<j,1/N,j≤i≤N−j+1,0,otherwise.\bar q_i^{\,j}= \begin{cases} 2/N,&i<j,\\ 1/N,&j\le i\le N-j+1,\\ 0,&\text{otherwise}. \end{cases}qˉ​ij​=⎩⎨⎧​2/N,1/N,0,​i<j,j≤i≤N−j+1,otherwise.​

A functional represented by a q∈Δ^Nq\in\widehat\Delta^Nq∈ΔN whose permutohull is symmetric for every data set is exactly a convex mixture of the N^\widehat NN generator functionals:

μ(X)=∑j=1N^λjμqˉ j(X),λj≥0,∑j=1N^λj=1.\mu(X)=\sum_{j=1}^{\widehat N}\lambda_j\mu_{\bar q^{\,j}}(X), \qquad \lambda_j\ge0,\qquad\sum_{j=1}^{\widehat N}\lambda_j=1.μ(X)=j=1∑N​λj​μqˉ​j​(X),λj​≥0,j=1∑N​λj​=1.

The milestones also state the two set inclusions behind the equality of Δ^symN\widehat\Delta^N_{\mathrm{sym}}ΔsymN​ with the convex hull of these generators, including the coordinate reversal identity. Bertsimas and Brown (2009), Theorem 4.4 and its proof.

Significance

The result gives a finite list of risk functionals from which every member of the universally symmetric distortion subclass can be formed. The number of generators is ⌊N/2⌋+1\lfloor N/2\rfloor+1⌊N/2⌋+1, rather than an unspecified family. It also connects a geometric property of a robust uncertainty set to a checkable condition on its weights. The paper uses this symmetric subclass to formulate the inner approximation problem in §4.5, where a symmetric permutohull is fitted inside another polytope. Bertsimas and Brown (2009), §§4.4–4.5.

The mathematical result is proved in the 2009 paper. This formalization task is to obtain Lean proofs of the classification and its source-stated intermediate claims. The definition layer is a reusable interface for finite distortion risk measures, permutohulls, and symmetry under coordinate permutations. Formal proofs here would provide a checked foundation for later robust optimization statements using the same finite sample model. The proposed goal and milestones are open Lean statements; compiling them verifies their syntax and types, not their proofs.

Difficulty

Symmetry of one pictured polygon does not determine its weight vector. The hypothesis demands symmetry for every possible collection of sample vectors, so the converse in Proposition 4.1 must recover a relation among weights from a universal geometric property. Another difficulty is that the explicit generators change shape at the midpoint, and the odd and even cases have different middle ranges. The paper writes the calculation for odd NNN and says the even case is analogous; the theorem itself makes no parity restriction. A proof therefore has to cover the even boundary, including the generator whose 1/N1/N1/N band is empty. Bertsimas and Brown (2009), Proposition 4.1 and proof of Theorem 4.4.

Formalization scope

The Lean sample space is Fin N, with N>0N>0N>0. Its indices start at zero; the prose and source formulas above start at one. The source's N^\widehat NN is N / 2 + 1 in natural numbers. Probability vectors use Mathlib's standard simplex together with antitone coordinate order. Permutohulls use convexHull of the finite permutation family, and order statistics use Tuple.sort. The reference distribution is uniform, as in the paper's Assumption 4.1. Real vector spaces of dimension zero are allowed because the claim quantifies over every dimension; the nonempty sample condition excludes division by zero.

The goal takes an arbitrary functional μ\muμ and requires an actual representation μ=μq\mu=\mu_qμ=μq​ by a restricted-simplex weight. This is the paper's Theorem 4.2 parametrization of distortion risk measures, stated directly because that theorem is being drafted in a separate mission of the same series. Universal symmetry is derived from the data quantifier; it is not assumed as a condition on qqq. The generator mixture is likewise the conclusion, with its coefficients nonnegative and summing to one. Central symmetry includes membership of the center in the set.

Useful contributions include proofs of the source's permutation characterization, validity and symmetry of generator mixtures, and their converse spanning property. The definitions of finite probability weights and weighted permutation hulls can support further finite sample robust optimization results. The paper's inconsistent accent on the generator risk measure in Theorem 4.4 is read as the functional of the displayed generator vector; its intermediate sum on p. 1492 does not alter the stated normalized mixture.

Selected references

  • Dimitris Bertsimas and David B. Brown, Constructing Uncertainty Sets for Robust Linear Optimization, Operations Research 57(6), 1483–1495, 2009. DOI: 10.1287/opre.1080.0646.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Relaxation Method of Finding the Common Point of Convex Sets and Its Application to the Solution of Problems in Convex Programming 4: The Primal-Dual Relaxation Solves the Inequality ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

Many large convex programs have far more constraints than can be handled at once, but each constraint on its own is simple: a single linear equation or inequality. Row-action methods exploit this by touching one constraint per iteration. L. M. Bregman's 1967 paper (DOI 10.1016/0041-5553(67)90040-7) introduced the general framework behind most of them. A strictly convex function fff induces the "distance" D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y)D(x,y)=f(x)-f(y)-(g(y),x-y)D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y), now called the Bregman distance, and the method moves from point to point by DDD-projections onto one constraint at a time. For f(x)=∥x∥2/2f(x)=\|x\|^2/2f(x)=∥x∥2/2 this reduces to Hildreth's method for quadratic programming; for entropy-type fff it gives the balancing (matrix scaling) methods used for transportation and traffic problems. The later literature on Bregman projections, mirror descent and entropic regularisation starts from this paper.

This mission formalizes the last main result of the paper, Theorem 4 (p. 212), which treats linear inequality constraints. Here a plain projection cycle does not minimize fff. Bregman's fix carries a vector of nonnegative multipliers unu^nun along with the primal point xnx^nxn and lets each step either move towards a violated constraint or relax a multiplier. The result is a primal–dual method.

Timeline. Hildreth (1957) gave the quadratic case. Bregman (1967) proved the general theorem stated here. Censor and Lent (1981) revisited the method for interval constraints under explicit assumptions on Bregman functions (DOI 10.1007/BF00934676).

Setting

Let EpE^pEp be ppp-dimensional Euclidean space and S⊂EpS\subset E^pS⊂Ep a convex set. Let fff be strictly convex on SSS, continuously differentiable over SSS with gradient g(x)g(x)g(x), and continuous over the closure Sˉ\bar SSˉ. Let AAA be an m×pm\times pm×p matrix (m≥1m\ge1m≥1) with nonzero rows A1,…,AmA_1,\dots,A_mA1​,…,Am​, and b∈Emb\in E^mb∈Em. The inequality program (2.11)–(2.13) is

minimize f(x)subject toAx≥b,x∈Sˉ,\text{minimize } f(x)\quad\text{subject to}\quad Ax\ge b,\quad x\in\bar S,minimize f(x)subject toAx≥b,x∈Sˉ,

with feasible set R={x∣Ax≥b, x∈Sˉ}R=\{x \mid Ax\ge b,\ x\in\bar S\}R={x∣Ax≥b, x∈Sˉ}, assumed nonempty. The Bregman function is D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y)D(x,y)=f(x)-f(y)-(g(y),x-y)D(x,y)=f(x)−f(y)−(g(y),x−y) (1.4). The DDD-projection PiyP_iyPi​y of y∈Sy\in Sy∈S onto the hyperplane Ai={x∣(Ai,x)=bi}A_i=\{x \mid (A_i,x)=b_i\}Ai​={x∣(Ai​,x)=bi​} minimizes D(⋅,y)D(\cdot,y)D(⋅,y) over Ai∩SA_i\cap SAi​∩S. The standing hypotheses ("the conditions of Theorem 3") are that DDD satisfies the abstract conditions I–VI of §1 for these hyperplanes, together with condition (2) of Note 1: yn→y∗∈Sˉy^n\to y^*\in\bar Syn→y∗∈Sˉ implies D(y∗,yn)→0D(y^*,y^n)\to0D(y∗,yn)→0. In addition, DDD-projections of interior points of SSS stay in the interior. Condition V (compact sublevel sets of D(z,⋅)D(z,\cdot)D(z,⋅)) is used for z∈Rz\in Rz∈R.

Write Z0={x∈S∣g(x)=uA for some u≥0}Z_0=\{x\in S \mid g(x)=uA \text{ for some } u\ge0\}Z0​={x∈S∣g(x)=uA for some u≥0}, where uA=∑iuiAiuA=\sum_iu_iA_iuA=∑i​ui​Ai​, and φ(x,u)=f(x)−(u,Ax−b)\varphi(x,u)=f(x)-(u,Ax-b)φ(x,u)=f(x)−(u,Ax−b). A run of the method is a sequence of pairs (xn,un)(x^n,u^n)(xn,un) with x0∈int⁡Sx^0\in\operatorname{int}Sx0∈intS, u0≥0u^0\ge0u0≥0, g(x0)=u0Ag(x^0)=u^0Ag(x0)=u0A, and cyclic indices ini_nin​. Each step with i=ini=i_ni=in​ is one of the following:

  • (a) if (Ai,xn)<bi(A_i,x^n)<b_i(Ai​,xn)<bi​: g(xn+1)=g(xn)+λnAig(x^{n+1})=g(x^n)+\lambda_nA_ig(xn+1)=g(xn)+λn​Ai​, (Ai,xn+1)=bi(A_i,x^{n+1})=b_i(Ai​,xn+1)=bi​, and uiu_iui​ increases by λn\lambda_nλn​;
  • (b) if (Ai,xn)=bi(A_i,x^n)=b_i(Ai​,xn)=bi​, or (Ai,xn)>bi(A_i,x^n)>b_i(Ai​,xn)>bi​ with ui=0u_i=0ui​=0: nothing changes;
  • (c) if (Ai,xn)>bi(A_i,x^n)>b_i(Ai​,xn)>bi​ and ui>0u_i>0ui​>0: g(xn+1)=g(xn)−μnAig(x^{n+1})=g(x^n)-\mu_nA_ig(xn+1)=g(xn)−μn​Ai​ with μn=min⁡(μn′,ui)\mu_n=\min(\mu_n',u_i)μn​=min(μn′​,ui​), where μn′\mu_n'μn′​ is the step that would reach the hyperplane, and uiu_iui​ decreases by μn\mu_nμn​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

For every run of the method,

xn→x∗,x∗∈R,f(x∗)=min⁡y∈Rf(y).x^n\to x^*,\qquad x^*\in R,\qquad f(x^*)=\min_{y\in R}f(y).xn→x∗,x∗∈R,f(x∗)=y∈Rmin​f(y).

Milestones (steps 1–4 of the proof)

  1. un≥0u^n\ge0un≥0 and g(xn)=unAg(x^n)=u^nAg(xn)=unA for all nnn (step 1, (2.20)–(2.21)).
  2. φ(xn+1,un+1)−φ(xn,un)≥D(xn+1,xn)\varphi(x^{n+1},u^{n+1})-\varphi(x^n,u^n)\ge D(x^{n+1},x^n)φ(xn+1,un+1)−φ(xn,un)≥D(xn+1,xn) (step 2, (2.22)–(2.24)).
  3. For z∈Rz\in Rz∈R: D(z,xn)≤f(z)−φ(x0,u0)D(z,x^n)\le f(z)-\varphi(x^0,u^0)D(z,xn)≤f(z)−φ(x0,u0) and φ(xn,un)≤f(z)\varphi(x^n,u^n)\le f(z)φ(xn,un)≤f(z) (step 3, (2.25)–(2.26)).
  4. {xn}\{x^n\}{xn} lies in a compact set, and lim⁡φ(xn,un)\lim\varphi(x^n,u^n)limφ(xn,un) exists and is at most f(z)f(z)f(z) for every z∈Rz\in Rz∈R (step 3, (2.27)).
  5. D(xn+1,xn)→0D(x^{n+1},x^n)\to0D(xn+1,xn)→0, and every limiting point of {xn}\{x^n\}{xn} lies in RRR (step 4).

Significance

Theorem 4 says that a method using one constraint per step and only fff's gradient converges to the minimizer of a strictly convex function over a polyhedron intersected with Sˉ\bar SSˉ. Its multipliers unu^nun form a dual sequence. Note 4 of the paper deduces from the theorem that the optimal value equals sup⁡φ(x,u)\sup\varphi(x,u)supφ(x,u) over dual-feasible pairs (g(x)=uAg(x)=uAg(x)=uA, u≥0u\ge0u≥0). The theorem is the convergence statement behind Hildreth's algorithm, behind entropy-based balancing for linear inequality systems, and behind the later "interval convex programming" methods.

The theorem is proved on paper, but no machine-checked proof of it, or of any Bregman-projection row-action method, is known to exist. The formalization adds two things. It makes the paper's standing hypotheses explicit, since several are stated once or left implicit. It also forces a complete argument for the convergence of the whole sequence: the printed proof gets this from condition (2) by an argument that assumes a monotonicity property established in §1 for the pure projection method but not for the primal–dual one. A Lean proof of the goal therefore also supplies a complete proof of the paper's claim.

Difficulty

The standard argument for projection methods uses a Fejér-type property: D(z,xn)D(z,x^n)D(z,xn) decreases for every feasible zzz. That fails here. In case (c) the point moves away from the hyperplane of a satisfied constraint, and D(z,xn)D(z,x^n)D(z,xn) can increase. So any argument has to control primal and dual quantities together. To pass from "every limiting point is feasible" to "the whole sequence converges to an optimal point", complementary slackness has to hold in the limit, and this depends on the cyclic order and on the cap μn≤ui\mu_n\le u_iμn​≤ui​. The naive route, applying the §1 convergence theorems to the hyperplanes AiA_iAi​, does not apply, because the iterates are not DDD-projections onto fixed sets in case (c).

Formalization scope

  • EpE^pEp is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); the rows are vectors aia_iai​, and uAuAuA is ∑iuiai\sum_iu_ia_i∑i​ui​ai​. The gradient ggg is explicit data tied to fff by HasGradientWithinAt on SSS. SSS is not assumed open, and fff is continuous on Sˉ\bar SSˉ.
  • The DDD-projections form a fixed map PPP. Condition IV is assumed in the one-sided form the proofs use, which the paper's two-sided IV implies. "Compact" means sequentially compact, which agrees with compact in EpE^pEp. Condition (2) is read with y∗∈Sˉy^*\in\bar Sy∗∈Sˉ.
  • Condition V is assumed for z∈Rz\in Rz∈R, the inequality-feasible set, where the proof applies it. The §1 form (for zzz in the intersection of the hyperplanes) could hold vacuously for an inequality system.
  • Step (a) is encoded by its defining conditions (2.14)–(2.15). Every new point, and the auxiliary point of case (c), lies in SSS. The run starts with u0≥0u^0\ge0u0≥0, and the cyclic control is in=n mod mi_n=n\bmod min​=nmodm over indices 0,…,m−10,\dots,m-10,…,m−1.
  • Translation slips are corrected: the Z0Z_0Z0​ set-builder, which breaks off, is completed; "μn′=uinn\mu_n'=u_{i_n}^nμn′​=uin​n​" is read as μn′′=uinn\mu_n''=u_{i_n}^nμn′′​=uin​n​; "Theorems 1–3" in Theorem 3 means Theorems 1–2.
  • The goal quantifies over every run from every admissible start and asserts convergence of the whole sequence together with optimality of the limit. Neither "some limiting point is optimal" nor a single constructed run is an acceptable substitute. The hypotheses are jointly satisfiable, for example by Hildreth's case f=∥x∥2/2f=\|x\|^2/2f=∥x∥2/2, S=EpS=E^pS=Ep with a run that takes a case (a) step, so the goal is not vacuous.
  • Needed infrastructure: Bregman distances of differentiable strictly convex functions on non-open convex sets, the strict monotonicity of the gradient, and subsequence and compactness arguments in EpE^pEp. These are reusable for the companion missions on Theorems 1–3 of the same paper. Contributions are welcome: proofs of the milestones, the full-convergence argument, and the duality statement of Note 4.

Selected references

  • L. M. Bregman, The relaxation method of finding the common point of convex sets and its application to the solution of problems in convex programming, USSR Comput. Math. Math. Phys. 7(3) (1967) 200–217. https://doi.org/10.1016/0041-5553(67)90040-7
  • C. Hildreth, A quadratic programming procedure, Naval Res. Logist. Quart. 4 (1957) 79–85. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800040113
  • Y. Censor, A. Lent, An iterative row-action method for interval convex programming, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 34 (1981) 321–353. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00934676
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Deriving Robust Counterparts of Nonlinear Uncertain Inequalities: For a Regular Nominal Vector, a Concave Uncertain Constraint Holds Robustly iff Its Fenchel Counterpart (FRC) Is SolvableResearch Paper

Motivation

In robust optimization, a decision must satisfy a constraint for every parameter value in a prescribed uncertainty set. A nonlinear uncertain constraint can be difficult to use directly because it contains a universal condition over a continuum of parameters. Ben-Tal, den Hertog, and Vial study constraints whose value is concave in the uncertain parameter. Their Theorem 2 replaces the universal condition by one inequality involving a new vector and two conjugate functions. The replacement is the general framework used for the paper's later examples, including uncertainty regions assembled from simpler sets and nonlinear functions whose conjugates have explicit forms. The discussion paper, §§2–4 is the source for this mission; theorem and page numbers refer to that 2012 version.

The paper's result extends a more specialized counterpart for a linear uncertain constraint under a φ-divergence uncertainty region. That 2013 result has a proved formalization on Prove2Me, but its divergence-specific conjugate and uncertainty set are different objects. The same earlier formalization also supplies a proved version of the self-concordant-barrier statement that this paper quotes as Lemma 33, with a differently printed constant. Neither earlier theorem supplies the general concave-constraint result here.

Setting

Fix dimensions m,n,Lm,n,Lm,n,L. The nominal vector is a0∈Rma^0\in\mathbb R^ma0∈Rm, and A∈Rm×LA\in\mathbb R^{m\times L}A∈Rm×L maps a primitive uncertainty ζ∈Z⊆RL\zeta\in Z\subseteq\mathbb R^Lζ∈Z⊆RL to an uncertain parameter a=a0+Aζa=a^0+A\zetaa=a0+Aζ. Thus the uncertainty set is U={a0+Aζ:ζ∈Z}U=\{a^0+A\zeta:\zeta\in Z\}U={a0+Aζ:ζ∈Z}. The paper assumes that ZZZ is nonempty, convex, and compact, with 000 in its relative interior ri⁡Z\operatorname{ri}ZriZ. Relative interior is taken inside the affine hull of a set, so ZZZ may lie in a lower-dimensional plane.

A decision is x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn. For each decision, D(x)D(x)D(x) is the effective domain of the uncertain constraint f(⋅,x)f(\cdot,x)f(⋅,x): f(a,x)f(a,x)f(a,x) is real on D(x)D(x)D(x) and is interpreted as −∞-\infty−∞ outside it. The function is concave in aaa on D(x)D(x)D(x) for every xxx; the paper imposes no convexity assumption in the decision xxx. The robust constraint (RC) is f(a,x)≤0f(a,x)\le0f(a,x)≤0 for every a∈Ua\in Ua∈U. In the domain representation used here, this means every a∈U∩D(x)a\in U\cap D(x)a∈U∩D(x). The nominal vector is regular when a0∈ri⁡D(x)a^0\in\operatorname{ri}D(x)a0∈riD(x) for every decision xxx, as in Definition 1.

The support function of SSS is δ∗(y∣S)=sup⁡a∈SyTa\delta^*(y\mid S)=\sup_{a\in S}y^Taδ∗(y∣S)=supa∈S​yTa. The partial concave conjugate is f∗(v,x)=inf⁡a∈D(x)(aTv−f(a,x))f_*(v,x)=\inf_{a\in D(x)}(a^Tv-f(a,x))f∗​(v,x)=infa∈D(x)​(aTv−f(a,x)). Both have extended-real values: an empty support set has support value −∞-\infty−∞, and the conjugate can be −∞-\infty−∞ when its infimum is unbounded below. These values matter in the equivalence; replacing them by a default real number changes the constraint.

Formalization targets

The goal is the paper's Theorem 2. Under the standing assumptions and regularity, for every decision xxx,

[∀a∈U∩D(x), f(a,x)≤0]⟺[∃v∈Rm: (a0)Tv+δ∗(ATv∣Z)−f∗(v,x)≤0].\left[\forall a\in U\cap D(x),\ f(a,x)\le0\right] \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \left[\exists v\in\mathbb R^m:\ (a^0)^Tv+\delta^*(A^Tv\mid Z)-f_*(v,x)\le0\right].[∀a∈U∩D(x), f(a,x)≤0]⟺[∃v∈Rm: (a0)Tv+δ∗(ATv∣Z)−f∗​(v,x)≤0].

The right-hand inequality is the Fenchel robust counterpart (FRC). Its existence claim is essential: equality of primal and dual infima alone would not show that an auxiliary vector satisfying FRC exists.

Four source statements form the milestone path. Remark 5 gives the weak-duality inequality and the FRC-to-RC implication without concavity. Equations (16)–(18) calculate the support function of UUU. Equation (7) states the relative-interior qualification. Equations (13)–(15) state the worst-case/dual-value identity and, through the printed minimum, attainment of the dual infimum. The milestone list quotes those source passages and identifies their printed pages. Theorem 2 and its proof appear on pp. 4–5.

Significance

The equivalence gives an exact way to replace an infinite family of uncertain inequalities by an existential constraint. In examples where the support function and concave conjugate can be evaluated or represented with standard optimization constraints, it yields a finite robust counterpart. The conclusion remains a mathematical equivalence even when such an explicit representation has not been found. It is also independent of any convexity of fff in the decision variable, a point the paper makes after Corollary 3.

This mission supplies reusable, domain-aware support and conjugate definitions and formal statements for the duality path in the paper's central result. The new goal and milestones are open proof obligations: their Lean declarations compile, but they do not yet have machine-checked proofs. The proved 2013 φ-divergence case is narrower and does not close them. A completed development would make the general relative-interior and attained-duality steps reusable for other robust optimization models.

Difficulty

The delicate point is the direction from RC to the existence of an FRC vector. Weak duality gives only a one-sided bound. Identifying the two optimal values still leaves an existence question when an infimum is not attained. The paper invokes Fenchel duality under a relative-interior intersection condition; replacing relative interior by ordinary interior would exclude lower-dimensional uncertainty sets and effective domains that the source permits. A second difficulty is keeping finite and infinite conjugate values distinct while subtracting them in the counterpart inequality. An unbounded-below conjugate must make a finite-support FRC value +∞+\infty+∞, not a plausible finite number.

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions on Fin m, Fin n, and Fin L; AAA is a real matrix, and dot products use the finite-vector dot product. Mathlib's intrinsicInterior ℝ represents relative interior. The domain map D(x)D(x)D(x) is explicit, with the concavity hypothesis imposed on that domain. The real representative of fff outside D(x)D(x)D(x) is ignored everywhere. The paper's Notation paragraph calls its generic concave functions closed, but the statements here omit closedness: the finite-dimensional duality qualification used for Theorem 2 needs relative-interior overlap, not that extra regularity. This is a stated strengthening of the source theorem, not a change of its feasible points.

Support functions, conjugates, worst-case values, and dual values use EReal. The paper's “max” in (8), (13), and Remark 5 is read as an extended-real supremum; its “min” in (15) is an infimum accompanied by an attaining vector. The support identity includes Z=∅Z=\varnothingZ=∅, where both sides are −∞-\infty−∞, although Theorem 2 keeps the paper's nonempty, convex, compact ZZZ. On the theorem's hypotheses the support value is finite and D(x)D(x)D(x) is nonempty, so the undefined-looking combinations +∞−(+∞)+\infty-(+\infty)+∞−(+∞) and −∞+(+∞)-\infty+(+\infty)−∞+(+∞) cannot occur in FRC. No all-space real-valued substitute for f∗f_*f∗​ is used, and the theorem still quantifies over every decision and every allowed uncertainty vector.

The proof development needs finite-dimensional relative-interior behavior under affine maps and Fenchel duality with attainment. General convex conjugates and support functions can serve later missions. Corollary 3 and the paper's complexity discussion are outside this mission. Theorem A.1 is not separately made a milestone here: as printed, its domain-restricted dual maximum has a problematic −∞-\infty−∞ case; the directly used, attained identity (13)–(15) is the target under the main theorem's standing assumptions.

Selected references

  • A. Ben-Tal, D. den Hertog, J.-P. Vial, Deriving robust counterparts of nonlinear uncertain inequalities, CentER Discussion Paper 2012-053, Tilburg University, 2012. Discussion-paper PDF; journal version, Mathematical Programming, 2015, DOI 10.1007/s10107-014-0750-8.
  • A. Ben-Tal et al., Robust solutions of optimization problems affected by uncertain probabilities, Management Science, 2013. Prove2Me formalization of its φ-divergence case.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Oracle-Based Robust Optimization via Online Learning 1: The Dual-Subgradient Meta-Algorithm Returns a 2ε-Approximate Robust Solution or Certifies Infeasibility within ⌈G²D²/ε²⌉ Oracle CallsResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust optimization protects a decision against every realization of uncertain data in a prescribed uncertainty set. The standard approach replaces the uncertain constraints by a deterministic robust counterpart and solves that counterpart directly (Ben-Tal, El Ghaoui, Nemirovski, Robust Optimization, 2009). The counterpart is often a harder problem than the original: a robust linear program with ellipsoidal uncertainty becomes a second-order cone program, and a robust quadratic program can become a semidefinite program. A practitioner who has an efficient, specialised solver for the nominal problem may therefore have no efficient solver for its robust version.

Ben-Tal, Hazan, Koren and Mannor (arXiv:1402.6361, Operations Research 2015) ask whether the robust problem can be solved by repeatedly calling a solver of the nominal problem, with the number of calls independent of the dimension. Their first answer, the dual-subgradient meta-algorithm of §3.1, does so whenever the constraints are concave in the noise and the uncertainty set is convex. It is a primal–dual scheme: an online-learning algorithm picks the noise, and the nominal solver answers. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 3.

Setting

Let D⊆Rn\mathcal D\subseteq\mathbb R^nD⊆Rn be a convex domain, U⊆Rd\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^dU⊆Rd a convex uncertainty set, and f1,…,fm:Rn×Rd→Rf_1,\dots,f_m:\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fm​:Rn×Rd→R constraint functions. The robust feasibility problem (3) is

∃ x∈D:fi(x,ui)≤0∀ui∈U, i=1,…,m.\exists\,x\in\mathcal D:\qquad f_i(x,u_i)\le 0\quad\forall u_i\in\mathcal U,\ i=1,\dots,m .∃x∈D:fi​(x,ui​)≤0∀ui​∈U, i=1,…,m.

(An objective is handled by binary search on its value, so feasibility is the core question.) A point x∈Dx\in\mathcal Dx∈D is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-approximate solution if fi(x,u)≤ϵf_i(x,u)\le\epsilonfi​(x,u)≤ϵ for all u∈Uu\in\mathcal Uu∈U and all iii.

An ϵ\epsilonϵ-approximate oracle Oϵ\mathcal O_\epsilonOϵ​ (Figure 1) takes a noise vector u=(u1,…,um)∈Umu=(u_1,\dots,u_m)\in\mathcal U^mu=(u1​,…,um​)∈Um and either returns some x∈Dx\in\mathcal Dx∈D with fi(x,ui)≤ϵf_i(x,u_i)\le\epsilonfi​(x,ui​)≤ϵ for all iii, or answers "infeasible", which it may do only if no x∈Dx\in\mathcal Dx∈D has fi(x,ui)≤0f_i(x,u_i)\le 0fi​(x,ui​)≤0 for all iii.

The standing assumptions of §3.1 are: each fi(⋅,u)f_i(\cdot,u)fi​(⋅,u) is convex on D\mathcal DD; each fi(x,⋅)f_i(x,\cdot)fi​(x,⋅) is concave on U\mathcal UU for x∈Dx\in\mathcal Dx∈D; D≥∥u−v∥2D\ge\|u-v\|_2D≥∥u−v∥2​ for all u,v∈Uu,v\in\mathcal Uu,v∈U; and ∥∇ufi(x,u)∥2≤G\|\nabla_u f_i(x,u)\|_2\le G∥∇u​fi​(x,u)∥2​≤G for x∈Dx\in\mathcal Dx∈D, u∈Uu\in\mathcal Uu∈U. Write PPP for the Euclidean projection onto U\mathcal UU.

Algorithm 1 sets T=⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉T=\lceil G^2D^2/\epsilon^2\rceilT=⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉ and η=D/(GT)\eta=D/(G\sqrt T)η=D/(GT​), starts from u10,…,um0∈Uu^0_1,\dots,u^0_m\in\mathcal Uu10​,…,um0​∈U, and for t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T updates

uit=P(uit−1+η ∇ufi(xt−1,uit−1)),xt=Oϵ(u1t,…,umt),u^t_i=P\bigl(u^{t-1}_i+\eta\,\nabla_u f_i(x^{t-1},u^{t-1}_i)\bigr),\qquad x^t=\mathcal O_\epsilon(u^t_1,\dots,u^t_m),uit​=P(uit−1​+η∇u​fi​(xt−1,uit−1​)),xt=Oϵ​(u1t​,…,umt​),

stopping with "infeasible" as soon as the oracle says so, and otherwise returning xˉ=1T∑t=1Txt\bar x=\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T x^txˉ=T1​∑t=1T​xt. In Lean these are alg1T, alg1Eta, alg1U, alg1X, alg1Output and alg1Calls in the namespace OracleRO.DualSubgrad.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 7)

For every ϵ\epsilonϵ-approximate oracle,

output="infeasible" ⟹ ¬ ∃x∈D ∀i ∀u∈U: fi(x,u)≤0,\text{output}=\text{"infeasible"}\ \Longrightarrow\ \neg\,\exists x\in\mathcal D\ \forall i\ \forall u\in\mathcal U:\ f_i(x,u)\le 0,output="infeasible" ⟹ ¬∃x∈D ∀i ∀u∈U: fi​(x,u)≤0, output=xˉ ⟹ xˉ∈D  and  fi(xˉ,u)≤2ϵ  ∀i, ∀u∈U,\text{output}=\bar x\ \Longrightarrow\ \bar x\in\mathcal D\ \text{ and }\ f_i(\bar x,u)\le 2\epsilon\ \ \forall i,\ \forall u\in\mathcal U,output=xˉ ⟹ xˉ∈D  and  fi​(xˉ,u)≤2ϵ  ∀i, ∀u∈U,

and the number of oracle calls is at most ⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉\lceil G^2D^2/\epsilon^2\rceil⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 5, Zinkevich 2003): projected online gradient ascent with step η=D/(GT)\eta=D/(G\sqrt T)η=D/(GT​) on concave rewards has regret ∑tft(x∗)−∑tft(xt)≤GDT\sum_t f_t(x^*)-\sum_t f_t(x_t)\le GD\sqrt T∑t​ft​(x∗)−∑t​ft​(xt​)≤GDT​ for every x∗x^*x∗ in the decision set.
  2. (6) (p. 7): if a point is returned, 1T∑t=1Tfi(xt,uit)≤ϵ\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T f_i(x^t,u^t_i)\le\epsilonT1​∑t=1T​fi​(xt,uit​)≤ϵ for every iii.
  3. (7) (p. 8): for every iii and u∈Uu\in\mathcal Uu∈U, 1T∑tfi(xt,u)−1T∑tfi(xt,uit)≤GD/T≤ϵ\frac1T\sum_t f_i(x^t,u)-\frac1T\sum_t f_i(x^t,u^t_i)\le GD/\sqrt T\le\epsilonT1​∑t​fi​(xt,u)−T1​∑t​fi​(xt,uit​)≤GD/T​≤ϵ.
  4. Final inequality of the proof (p. 8): fi(xˉ,u)≤1T∑tfi(xt,u)f_i(\bar x,u)\le\frac1T\sum_t f_i(x^t,u)fi​(xˉ,u)≤T1​∑t​fi​(xt,u) for u∈Uu\in\mathcal Uu∈U.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 turns any approximate solver of the nominal problem into an approximate solver of its robust counterpart, at a cost of ⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉\lceil G^2D^2/\epsilon^2\rceil⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉ solver calls, a number that depends on the geometry of U\mathcal UU and the sensitivity of the constraints to the noise but not on nnn, ddd or mmm. It is the prototype of the paper's oracle-based reductions: the same primal–dual template, with a different online learner, gives the dual-perturbation algorithm of §3.2–3.3 for non-convex uncertainty sets, and the applications of §4 (robust linear programs, quadratic programs, semidefinite programs) instantiate it.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; none of it is machine-checked. A formal development adds a checked statement of the reduction with an explicit call count in place of the paper's O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅), and a reusable regret bound for projected online gradient ascent on concave rewards (Lemma 1), which the paper quotes from Zinkevich without proof and which many other online-learning results rest on.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for the dual side fails at one point: in round ttt the primal point xtx^txt is computed from utu^tut, so the reward fi(xt,⋅)f_i(x^t,\cdot)fi​(xt,⋅) that the dual player faces depends on its own current move. A regret bound that assumed rewards fixed in advance, or drawn independently of the learner's play, would not apply. Lemma 1 must be used in its adversarial form, valid for every sequence of reward functions, including adaptively chosen ones. A second point is that the projection step requires the variational characterization of a nearest point in a convex set, which a mere "map into U\mathcal UU" does not provide.

Formalization scope

Points are elements of EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k), so every norm is the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm. The projection is a predicate IsProjOnto U P (each P(y)P(y)P(y) is a nearest point of U\mathcal UU to yyy), not a construction; the oracle is a function (Fin m → E d) → Option (E n) with none for "infeasible", constrained by the predicate IsApproxOracle on inputs in Um\mathcal U^mUm. The goal is quantified over every oracle meeting that specification. The gradient ∇ufi(x,u)\nabla_u f_i(x,u)∇u​fi​(x,u) is a given map gradU with HasGradientAt at points of U\mathcal UU; no differentiability in xxx is assumed. Rounds are indexed by natural numbers with index 000 for the initialization; the starting primal point x0∈Dx^0\in\mathcal Dx0∈D, used by the first update and left undefined by the algorithm, is an input. Hypotheses D>0D>0D>0 and G>0G>0G>0 are added so that η\etaη and T≥1T\ge1T≥1 are meaningful. Maxima over U\mathcal UU are stated as "for every u∈Uu\in\mathcal Uu∈U".

Explicit instantiations and corrections:

  • The paper's "O(G2D2/ϵ2)O(G^2D^2/\epsilon^2)O(G2D2/ϵ2) calls" is stated as at most ⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉\lceil G^2D^2/\epsilon^2\rceil⌈G2D2/ϵ2⌉ calls (one call per round, TTT rounds).
  • Lemma 1's "G≥max⁡t∥ft(xt)∥G\ge\max_t\|f_t(x_t)\|G≥maxt​∥ft​(xt​)∥" is read as the gradient bound ∥∇ft(xt)∥≤G\|\nabla f_t(x_t)\|\le G∥∇ft​(xt​)∥≤G, as the same sentence describes it.
  • The proof's "Combining (10) and (12)" refers to (6) and (7).

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: an oracle specification under which "infeasible" is never returned, or an output that is not the average of the oracle's answers, would not be Theorem 3. The "infeasible" conclusion is about the robust problem, not the nominal one.

A complete development needs the variational inequality for nearest points in a convex set, the gradient (supergradient) inequality for a concave function differentiable at a point of a convex set, Zinkevich's telescoping argument, and Jensen's inequality for finite averages. The first two and Lemma 1 are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones, in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Ben-Tal, E. Hazan, T. Koren, S. Mannor, Oracle-Based Robust Optimization via Online Learning, arXiv:1402.6361v1, 2014; Operations Research 63(3), 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1402.6361v1
  • M. Zinkevich, Online Convex Programming and Generalized Infinitesimal Gradient Ascent, ICML 2003. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/3041838.3041955
  • A. Ben-Tal, L. El Ghaoui, A. Nemirovski, Robust Optimization, Princeton University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400831050
  • E. Hazan, Introduction to Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Optimization, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.05207
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization with Stochastic Dominance Constraints: Lagrange Multipliers of a Second-Order Dominance Constraint Are Concave Nondecreasing Utility FunctionsResearch Paper

Motivation

A decision maker choosing a random outcome XXX (a portfolio return, a policy's cost savings, a schedule's throughput) often has a reference outcome YYY, the result of a benchmark policy, and wants the new outcome to be preferable to it for every risk-averse decision maker, not just on average. Expected-utility theory (von Neumann and Morgenstern) makes this precise: XXX is preferred to YYY by every decision maker with a concave nondecreasing utility function uuu exactly when XXX dominates YYY in the second order, X⪰(2)YX\succeq_{(2)}YX⪰(2)​Y. Requiring X⪰(2)YX\succeq_{(2)}YX⪰(2)​Y as a constraint in an optimization problem avoids having to elicit any particular utility function, which is rarely possible in practice and impossible when several decision makers must agree.

Dentcheva and Ruszczyński (preprint 2002, published in SIAM J. Optim. 14(2), 2003) introduced optimization problems with stochastic dominance constraints and developed their optimality and duality theory. The central finding is that the Lagrange multiplier of a second-order dominance constraint is itself a concave nondecreasing utility function: the optimal solution maximizes the objective plus an expected utility, for a utility function implied by the problem. This interpretation underlies the later literature on dominance-constrained portfolio optimization, risk-averse stochastic programming, and the dual (quantile) theory of stochastic orders.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and L1=L1(Ω,F,P)\mathcal L^1=\mathcal L^1(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)L1=L1(Ω,F,P) the space of integrable random variables with its norm topology. For X∈L1X\in\mathcal L^1X∈L1 the distribution function is F(X;η)=P[X≤η]F(X;\eta)=P[X\le\eta]F(X;η)=P[X≤η] and the second-order shortfall function is

F2(X;η)=∫−∞ηF(X;α) dα,η∈R.(2.1)F_2(X;\eta)=\int_{-\infty}^{\eta}F(X;\alpha)\,d\alpha,\qquad \eta\in\mathbb R. \tag{2.1}F2​(X;η)=∫−∞η​F(X;α)dα,η∈R.(2.1)

Changing the order of integration gives F2(X;η)=E[(η−X)+]F_2(X;\eta)=\mathbb E[(\eta-X)_+]F2​(X;η)=E[(η−X)+​] (2.6), where (⋅)+=max⁡(0,⋅)(\cdot)_+=\max(0,\cdot)(⋅)+​=max(0,⋅). The relation X⪰(2)YX\succeq_{(2)}YX⪰(2)​Y means F2(X;η)≤F2(Y;η)F_2(X;\eta)\le F_2(Y;\eta)F2​(X;η)≤F2​(Y;η) for all η\etaη, and A2(Y)={X∈L1:X⪰(2)Y}A_2(Y)=\{X\in\mathcal L^1:X\succeq_{(2)}Y\}A2​(Y)={X∈L1:X⪰(2)​Y}.

The problem data are a reference outcome Y∈L1Y\in\mathcal L^1Y∈L1, a convex closed set C⊆L1C\subseteq\mathcal L^1C⊆L1, a functional fff that is concave and continuous on CCC, and an interval [a,b][a,b][a,b]. The paper studies the relaxation in which dominance is enforced on [a,b][a,b][a,b]:

max⁡f(X)subject toE[(η−X)+]≤E[(η−Y)+]  for all η∈[a,b],X∈C.(3.1–3.3)\max f(X)\quad\text{subject to}\quad\mathbb E[(\eta-X)_+]\le\mathbb E[(\eta-Y)_+]\ \ \text{for all }\eta\in[a,b],\qquad X\in C. \tag{3.1–3.3}maxf(X)subject toE[(η−X)+​]≤E[(η−Y)+​]  for all η∈[a,b],X∈C.(3.1–3.3)

The uniform dominance condition (Definition 4.1) asks for some X~∈C\tilde X\in CX~∈C with inf⁡η∈[a,b]{F2(Y;η)−F2(X~;η)}>0\inf_{\eta\in[a,b]}\{F_2(Y;\eta)-F_2(\tilde X;\eta)\}>0infη∈[a,b]​{F2​(Y;η)−F2​(X~;η)}>0.

The multiplier class U1\mathcal U_1U1​ consists of the functions u:R→Ru:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Ru:R→R that are concave and nondecreasing, vanish on [b,∞)[b,\infty)[b,∞), and are affine on (−∞,a](-\infty,a](−∞,a]: u(t)=u(a)+c(t−a)u(t)=u(a)+c(t-a)u(t)=u(a)+c(t−a) for t≤at\le at≤a, with a constant c≥0c\ge0c≥0. The Lagrangian is

L(X,u)=f(X)+E[u(X)]−E[u(Y)].(4.1)L(X,u)=f(X)+\mathbb E[u(X)]-\mathbb E[u(Y)]. \tag{4.1}L(X,u)=f(X)+E[u(X)]−E[u(Y)].(4.1)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

Assume the uniform dominance condition. If X^\hat XX^ is an optimal solution of (3.1)–(3.3), there is u^∈U1\hat u\in\mathcal U_1u^∈U1​ with

L(X^,u^)=max⁡X∈CL(X,u^)(4.2)andE[u^(X^)]=E[u^(Y)].(4.3)L(\hat X,\hat u)=\max_{X\in C}L(X,\hat u)\quad(4.2)\qquad\text{and}\qquad\mathbb E[\hat u(\hat X)]=\mathbb E[\hat u(Y)].\quad(4.3)L(X^,u^)=X∈Cmax​L(X,u^)(4.2)andE[u^(X^)]=E[u^(Y)].(4.3)

Conversely, if for some u^∈U1\hat u\in\mathcal U_1u^∈U1​ a maximizer X^∈C\hat X\in CX^∈C of L(⋅,u^)L(\cdot,\hat u)L(⋅,u^) satisfies (3.2) and (4.3), then X^\hat XX^ is optimal for (3.1)–(3.3).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof. They are: finiteness of E[u(X)]\mathbb E[u(X)]E[u(X)] for u∈U1u\in\mathcal U_1u∈U1​; the identity (2.6), already proved on the platform; Proposition 2.3 (convexity and closedness of A2(Y)A_2(Y)A2​(Y), and its recession cone); the concavity of the constraint operator G(X)(η)=F2(Y;η)−F2(X;η)G(X)(\eta)=F_2(Y;\eta)-F_2(X;\eta)G(X)(η)=F2​(Y;η)−F2​(X;η) with respect to the cone of nonnegative functions; the existence of a nonnegative measure multiplier μ^\hat\muμ^​ on [a,b][a,b][a,b] satisfying (4.5)–(4.6); the facts that the function uμ(t)=−∫tbμ([τ,b]) dτu_\mu(t)=-\int_t^b\mu([\tau,b])\,d\tauuμ​(t)=−∫tb​μ([τ,b])dτ (t<bt<bt<b), uμ(t)=0u_\mu(t)=0uμ​(t)=0 (t≥bt\ge bt≥b) of a nonnegative measure lies in U1\mathcal U_1U1​ and that every u∈U1u\in\mathcal U_1u∈U1​ is uμu_\muuμ​ for exactly one μ\muμ; the key identity

∫abF2(X;η) dμ(η)=−E[uμ(X)];(4.9)\int_a^b F_2(X;\eta)\,d\mu(\eta)=-\mathbb E[u_\mu(X)]; \tag{4.9}∫ab​F2​(X;η)dμ(η)=−E[uμ​(X)];(4.9)

and the weak-duality step: (3.2) implies E[u(X)]≥E[u(Y)]\mathbb E[u(X)]\ge\mathbb E[u(Y)]E[u(X)]≥E[u(Y)] for every u∈U1u\in\mathcal U_1u∈U1​.

Further: Theorem 5.1

With D(u)=sup⁡X∈CL(X,u)D(u)=\sup_{X\in C}L(X,u)D(u)=supX∈C​L(X,u), the dual problem min⁡u∈U1D(u)\min_{u\in\mathcal U_1}D(u)minu∈U1​​D(u) has a solution, its value equals the primal optimal value, and its solutions are exactly the u^∈U1\hat u\in\mathcal U_1u^∈U1​ satisfying (4.2)–(4.3).

Significance

Theorem 4.2 turns an infinite family of constraints, one for each η∈[a,b]\eta\in[a,b]η∈[a,b], into a single scalar trade-off: at the optimum, the decision maker behaves as an expected-utility maximizer for an implicit utility u^\hat uu^, and the dominance constraint is active exactly in the sense E[u^(X^)]=E[u^(Y)]\mathbb E[\hat u(\hat X)]=\mathbb E[\hat u(Y)]E[u^(X^)]=E[u^(Y)]. Theorem 5.1 makes U1\mathcal U_1U1​ the space of dual variables, which is the starting point of dual decomposition and cutting-plane methods for dominance-constrained problems and of their extensions to several constraints and to higher orders (Sections 6–7 of the paper, not part of this mission).

All results are proved in the paper. Apart from the identity (2.6), which is proved on the platform, none of them is formalized as far as the platform records show. A machine-checked development would provide, on top of the paper, a rigorous treatment of the measure–utility correspondence that the paper obtains from a textbook theorem "after an obvious adaptation", and a careful account of the multiplier class itself (see the scope section on the constant ccc). The definitions of F2F_2F2​ and of the identity (2.6) are shared with the platform's missions on Dual Stochastic Dominance and Related Mean-Risk Models (Ogryczak and Ruszczyński, 2002).

Difficulty

The necessity half needs a Lagrange multiplier for a constraint taking values in the infinite-dimensional space C([a,b])\mathcal C([a,b])C([a,b]); finite-dimensional convex duality does not apply, and the multiplier first appears as a nonnegative measure on [a,b][a,b][a,b], an element of the dual of C([a,b])\mathcal C([a,b])C([a,b]). A Slater-type point is required: without the uniform dominance condition the multiplier may not exist. This is why the dominance relation, which the paper first poses on all of R\mathbb RR, is relaxed to a bounded interval [a,b][a,b][a,b]: for a reference outcome with a smallest value y1y_1y1​, F2(Y;y1)=0F_2(Y;y_1)=0F2​(Y;y1​)=0, so no X~\tilde XX~ can dominate YYY strictly near y1y_1y1​.

The second obstacle is the translation of that measure into a utility function. The identity (4.9) requires an interchange of integrals over R×[a,b]\mathbb R\times[a,b]R×[a,b] and an integration by parts against the distribution function of an arbitrary integrable XXX, followed by a limit in which the integrability of XXX controls the linear growth of uuu at −∞-\infty−∞. The converse direction needs every u∈U1u\in\mathcal U_1u∈U1​ to be represented by a unique measure, through the left derivative of a concave function.

Formalization scope

Outcomes are elements of Mathlib's L1L^1L1 space Ω →₁[P] ℝ over a probability measure P, coerced to functions inside integrals; no statement is pointwise in ω\omegaω. F2F_2F2​ is the published definition DualSSD.Shared.secondPerformance, a Bochner integral of P[X≤α]P[X\le\alpha]P[X≤α] over (−∞,η](-\infty,\eta](−∞,η]. The problem data form a structure whose fields include every standing assumption of the paper: CCC convex and closed, fff concave and continuous on CCC. The constraint (3.2) is stated in its printed expectation form, while Definition 4.1 and the proof objects use F2F_2F2​, as printed; their equality is (2.6).

Committed conventions:

  • U1\mathcal U_1U1​ uses c≥0c\ge0c≥0. The paper prints c>0c>0c>0. With c>0c>0c>0 the necessity half of Theorem 4.2 is false: take Y≡0Y\equiv0Y≡0, [a,b]=[1,2][a,b]=[1,2][a,b]=[1,2], f(X)=EXf(X)=\mathbb EXf(X)=EX and CCC the constant random variables with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Then X~≡1\tilde X\equiv1X~≡1 satisfies Definition 4.1, X^≡1\hat X\equiv1X^≡1 is optimal, and (4.3) forces c=0c=0c=0. The proof itself produces c=μ([a,b])c=\mu([a,b])c=μ([a,b]), which vanishes for the zero multiplier of a slack constraint, and the paper calls U1\mathcal U_1U1​ a convex cone, which must contain 000.
  • Definition 4.1's infimum is encoded as a positive lower bound ε\varepsilonε on [a,b][a,b][a,b]. "=max⁡X∈C=\max_{X\in C}=maxX∈C​" is encoded as membership in CCC plus an upper bound over CCC.
  • A nonnegative measure in rca([a,b])\mathbf{rca}([a,b])rca([a,b]) is a finite Borel measure on R\mathbb RR giving zero mass to the complement of [a,b][a,b][a,b], which is the paper's own extension by zero. Integrals ∫ab⋅ dμ\int_a^b\cdot\,d\mu∫ab​⋅dμ are over the closed interval, so atoms at aaa and bbb count.
  • No relation between aaa and bbb is assumed. For a>ba>ba>b every statement remains meaningful: the constraint is vacuous and U1={0}\mathcal U_1=\{0\}U1​={0}.
  • Theorem 5.1's dual function takes values in the extended reals.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: a junk-valued expectation (a Bochner integral of a non-integrable function, which Lean sets to 000) cannot occur for u∈U1u\in\mathcal U_1u∈U1​, and its integrability is a milestone. Dropping the concavity of fff or the convexity of CCC would make the necessity half false, so these assumptions are fields of the problem data.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: convex duality for cone constraints in C([a,b])\mathcal C([a,b])C([a,b]) (or a direct separation argument in R×C([a,b])\mathbb R\times\mathcal C([a,b])R×C([a,b])), the Riesz representation of nonnegative functionals on C([a,b])\mathcal C([a,b])C([a,b]), Fubini and integration by parts for Stieltjes measures, and the measure of a left-continuous monotone function. These pieces are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome. The extensions to several dominance constraints and to higher-order dominance are not included.

Selected references

  • D. Dentcheva and A. Ruszczyński, Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints, preprint dated December 27, 2002 (Stochastic Programming E-Print Series); published in SIAM Journal on Optimization 14(2):548–566, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623402420528
  • W. Ogryczak and A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean-risk models, SIAM Journal on Optimization 13(1):60–78, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400375075
  • J. F. Bonnans and A. Shapiro, Perturbation Analysis of Optimization Problems, Springer, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1394-9
  • J. von Neumann and O. Morgenstern, Theory of Games and Economic Behavior, Princeton University Press, 1944.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Convex Optimization in the Bandit Setting: Gradient Descent without a Gradient: Bandit Gradient Descent Has Expected Regret ≤ 3Cn^{5/6}∛(12dR/r)Research Paper

Motivation

In online convex optimization a decision maker picks points x1,x2,…,xnx_1,x_2,\dots,x_nx1​,x2​,…,xn​ in a convex set S⊆RdS\subseteq\mathbb R^dS⊆Rd, and after each choice pays ct(xt)c_t(x_t)ct​(xt​) for a convex cost function ctc_tct​ chosen in advance by an adversary. Performance is measured by regret: the total cost paid minus the cost of the best fixed point in hindsight. Zinkevich (ICML 2003) showed that projected gradient descent has regret O(n)O(\sqrt n)O(n​) when the whole function ctc_tct​, or at least its gradient at xtx_txt​, is revealed after each round.

In many applications only the number ct(xt)c_t(x_t)ct​(xt​) is observed: a seller sets a price and sees revenue, a router picks a path and sees its delay, an advertiser places a bid and sees the cost. This is the bandit setting. Flaxman, Kalai and McMahan (arXiv:cs/0408007, SODA 2005) gave the first simple algorithm for bandit convex optimization against an oblivious adversary with general bounded convex costs: a randomized gradient descent that estimates the gradient from a single function value, with expected regret O(n5/6)O(n^{5/6})O(n5/6). The same one-point gradient estimate is the starting point of later work on bandit convex optimization and on zeroth-order (derivative-free) stochastic optimization; see, e.g., Bubeck and Cesa-Bianchi's survey (arXiv:1204.5721, Ch. 6) and Hazan's textbook (arXiv:1909.05207, Ch. 6).

Timeline. Zinkevich (2003): O(n)O(\sqrt n)O(n​) regret with full gradient feedback. Kleinberg (NIPS 2004), independently: O(n3/4)O(n^{3/4})O(n3/4) bandit regret for Lipschitz costs by a different reduction. Flaxman, Kalai, McMahan (2004/2005): O(n5/6)O(n^{5/6})O(n5/6) for bounded convex costs and O(n3/4)O(n^{3/4})O(n3/4) for Lipschitz costs, with one function value per round. Later work (Bubeck, Lee, Eldan 2017 and others) reached O~(n)\tilde O(\sqrt n)O~(n​) with more complex algorithms.

Setting

Let B={x∈Rd:∣x∣≤1}\mathbb B=\{x\in\mathbb R^d : |x|\le1\}B={x∈Rd:∣x∣≤1} and S={x:∣x∣=1}\mathbb S=\{x : |x|=1\}S={x:∣x∣=1} be the closed unit ball and the unit sphere, d≥1d\ge1d≥1. The feasible set SSS is closed and convex with

rB⊆S⊆RB,r>0.r\mathbb B\subseteq S\subseteq R\mathbb B,\qquad r>0 .rB⊆S⊆RB,r>0.

The costs c1,c2,…c_1,c_2,\dotsc1​,c2​,… are fixed before play (an oblivious adversary); each is convex on SSS with ∣ct(x)∣≤C|c_t(x)|\le C∣ct​(x)∣≤C for x∈Sx\in Sx∈S, where C>0C>0C>0. For K⊆RdK\subseteq\mathbb R^dK⊆Rd, PK(z)P_K(z)PK​(z) is the nearest point of KKK to zzz.

The bandit gradient descent algorithm BGD(α,δ,ν)\mathrm{BGD}(\alpha,\delta,\nu)BGD(α,δ,ν) (Figure 1 of the paper) keeps an iterate yty_tyt​ with y1=0y_1=0y1​=0. At period ttt it draws a unit vector utu_tut​ uniformly from S\mathbb SS, independently of the past, plays

xt=yt+δut,x_t=y_t+\delta u_t ,xt​=yt​+δut​,

observes only ct(xt)c_t(x_t)ct​(xt​), and updates

yt+1=P(1−α)S(yt−ν ct(xt) ut).y_{t+1}=P_{(1-\alpha)S}\big(y_t-\nu\,c_t(x_t)\,u_t\big).yt+1​=P(1−α)S​(yt​−νct​(xt​)ut​).

The smoothed cost is c^t(x)=Ev∈B[ct(x+δv)]\hat c_t(x)=\mathbb E_{v\in\mathbb B}[c_t(x+\delta v)]c^t​(x)=Ev∈B​[ct​(x+δv)] with vvv uniform on B\mathbb BB. The expected regret after nnn rounds is

E[∑t=1nct(xt)]−min⁡x∈S∑t=1nct(x).\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^n c_t(x_t)\Big]-\min_{x\in S}\sum_{t=1}^n c_t(x).E[t=1∑n​ct​(xt​)]−x∈Smin​t=1∑n​ct​(x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 8)

For every n≥(3Rd/2r)2n\ge(3Rd/2r)^2n≥(3Rd/2r)2, with ν=R/(Cn)\nu=R/(C\sqrt n)ν=R/(Cn​), δ=rR2d2/(12n)3\delta=\sqrt[3]{rR^2d^2/(12n)}δ=3rR2d2/(12n)​ and α=3Rd/(2rn)3\alpha=\sqrt[3]{3Rd/(2r\sqrt n)}α=33Rd/(2rn​)​,

E[∑t=1nct(xt)]−min⁡x∈S∑t=1nct(x)≤3Cn5/612 dRr3.\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^n c_t(x_t)\Big]-\min_{x\in S}\sum_{t=1}^n c_t(x)\le 3Cn^{5/6}\sqrt[3]{\frac{12\,dR}{r}} .E[t=1∑n​ct​(xt​)]−x∈Smin​t=1∑n​ct​(x)≤3Cn5/63r12dR​​.

The paper prints the constant 3Cn5/6dR/r33Cn^{5/6}\sqrt[3]{dR/r}3Cn5/63dR/r​. Its own last step bounds the regret by a/δ+bδ/α+cαa/\delta+b\delta/\alpha+c\alphaa/δ+bδ/α+cα with a=RdCna=RdC\sqrt na=RdCn​, b=6Cn/rb=6Cn/rb=6Cn/r, c=2Cnc=2Cnc=2Cn, and with the stated δ\deltaδ and α\alphaα this equals 3abc3=3Cn5/612dR/r33\sqrt[3]{abc}=3Cn^{5/6}\sqrt[3]{12dR/r}33abc​=3Cn5/6312dR/r​. The goal states the bound the proof establishes.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 5): Eu∈S[f(x+δu)u]=δd∇f^(x)\mathbb E_{u\in\mathbb S}[f(x+\delta u)u]=\frac\delta d\nabla\hat f(x)Eu∈S​[f(x+δu)u]=dδ​∇f^​(x), the one-point gradient estimate.
  2. Lemma 2 (p. 6): gradient descent with conditionally unbiased gradient estimates of norm at most GGG has expected regret at most RGnRG\sqrt nRGn​ for η=R/(Gn)\eta=R/(G\sqrt n)η=R/(Gn​).
  3. Observations 1–3 (pp. 7–8): the comparator over (1−α)S(1-\alpha)S(1−α)S is within 2αCn2\alpha Cn2αCn of that over SSS; balls of radius αr\alpha rαr around (1−α)S(1-\alpha)S(1−α)S lie in SSS; on (1−α)S(1-\alpha)S(1−α)S the costs satisfy ∣ct(x)−ct(y)∣≤2Cαr∣x−y∣|c_t(x)-c_t(y)|\le\frac{2C}{\alpha r}|x-y|∣ct​(x)−ct​(y)∣≤αr2C​∣x−y∣.
  4. The played points are feasible (p. 8).
  5. Regret against the smoothed costs (p. 9): at most RdCn/δRdC\sqrt n/\deltaRdCn​/δ.
  6. Display (10) (p. 9): regret at most RdCn/δ+3δLn+2αCnRdC\sqrt n/\delta+3\delta Ln+2\alpha CnRdCn​/δ+3δLn+2αCn with L=2C/(αr)L=2C/(\alpha r)L=2C/(αr).

Companion items

The tuning identity (p. 9): a/δ+bδ/α+cα=3abc3a/\delta+b\delta/\alpha+c\alpha=3\sqrt[3]{abc}a/δ+bδ/α+cα=33abc​ at δ=a2/bc3\delta=\sqrt[3]{a^2/bc}δ=3a2/bc​, α=ab/c23\alpha=\sqrt[3]{ab/c^2}α=3ab/c2​, for a,b,c>0a,b,c>0a,b,c>0.

Theorem 2 (p. 9). If each ctc_tct​ is LLL-Lipschitz on SSS, then with ν=R/(Cn)\nu=R/(C\sqrt n)ν=R/(Cn​), δ=n−1/4RdCr/(3(Lr+C))\delta=n^{-1/4}\sqrt{RdCr/(3(Lr+C))}δ=n−1/4RdCr/(3(Lr+C))​, α=δ/r\alpha=\delta/rα=δ/r, and nnn large enough that δ<r\delta<rδ<r,

E[∑t=1nct(xt)]−min⁡x∈S∑t=1nct(x)≤2n3/43RdC(L+C/r).\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^n c_t(x_t)\Big]-\min_{x\in S}\sum_{t=1}^n c_t(x)\le 2n^{3/4}\sqrt{3RdC\big(L+C/r\big)} .E[t=1∑n​ct​(xt​)]−x∈Smin​t=1∑n​ct​(x)≤2n3/43RdC(L+C/r)​.

Significance

The theorem shows that bandit feedback costs only a polynomial factor in regret for arbitrary bounded convex costs, with an algorithm that is gradient descent plus one random perturbation per round. Lemma 1 is the general tool behind it: an unbiased estimate of the gradient of a smoothed function from one function value. It is reused across zeroth-order optimization, bandit learning and stochastic approximation. Lemma 2 is a self-contained regret bound for projected gradient descent with noisy gradients, the shape in which Zinkevich's analysis is most often applied.

The results are proved in the paper and are standard. To the platform's knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. Related statements from Bubeck and Cesa-Bianchi's survey, for differentiable Lipschitz losses, are open on the platform, and two earlier formalizations of the textbook versions were disproved because of missing regularity or independence hypotheses. Formalizing this mission produces a checked one-point gradient identity for continuous (not differentiable) functions on the sphere, a measure-theoretic regret bound for stochastic projected gradient descent, and the corrected constant of Theorem 1.

Difficulty

The bandit algorithm itself is simple; the difficulty sits in Lemma 1 and in the measure theory around it. The paper derives Lemma 1 from Stokes' theorem, ∇∫δBf(x+v) dv=∫δSf(x+u)u∣u∣ du\nabla\int_{\delta\mathbb B}f(x+v)\,dv=\int_{\delta\mathbb S}f(x+u)\frac{u}{|u|}\,du∇∫δB​f(x+v)dv=∫δS​f(x+u)∣u∣u​du, and the ratio δ/d\delta/dδ/d of the volume to the surface area of a ball. Mathlib has neither this divergence identity on balls in Rd\mathbb R^dRd nor the explicit link between its spherical measure and the surface integral needed here. The identity must hold for functions that are merely continuous near the ball, since convex costs need not be differentiable.

The obvious first idea, differentiating under the integral sign in f^(x)=Ev[f(x+δv)]\hat f(x)=\mathbb E_v[f(x+\delta v)]f^​(x)=Ev​[f(x+δv)], fails because fff is not differentiable. The second obvious idea, applying Lemma 1 to ctc_tct​ as given, fails at the boundary of SSS, where ctc_tct​ is unconstrained. Lemma 2's conditional expectation E[gt∣xt]\mathbb E[g_t\mid x_t]E[gt​∣xt​] requires that the direction utu_tut​ be independent of the iterate yty_tyt​, and the integrability and measurability of the played points come from continuity of convex functions in the interior of SSS.

Formalization scope

Points are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with d≥1d\ge1d≥1, and rounds are numbered 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n. The costs are functions on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, and no statement assumes anything about them outside SSS: no global convexity, continuity, differentiability or Lipschitz bound. The standing model is part of the goal's hypotheses: SSS is convex with rB⊆S⊆RBr\mathbb B\subseteq S\subseteq R\mathbb BrB⊆S⊆RB, the costs are convex on SSS with values in [−C,C][-C,C][−C,C] there, and C>0C>0C>0. Additions and conventions:

  • SSS is assumed closed. The paper's projection oracle PS(x)=arg⁡min⁡z∈S∣x−z∣P_S(x)=\arg\min_{z\in S}|x-z|PS​(x)=argminz∈S​∣x−z∣ presupposes that the minimum is attained.
  • The directions utu_tut​ are measurable, independent, and each uniform on S\mathbb SS (the published uniformSphere d). Uniform marginals alone are not enough.
  • The BGD run is a relation (IsBGDRun) required for every outcome. Projection uses the published predicate IsNearestPoint, and regret the published pseudoRegret, whose minimum is an infimum over the subtype; it is attained in every use here.
  • Lemma 1 adds continuity of fff on an open set containing x+δBx+\delta\mathbb Bx+δB. As printed ("for any function fff") it is false. The application in Theorem 1 supplies this hypothesis.
  • The smoothed-regret and (10) milestones use the strict δ<αr\delta<\alpha rδ<αr (the page has δ/r≤α\delta/r\le\alphaδ/r≤α), which keeps every smoothing ball in the interior of SSS. They use α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1 in place of α<1\alpha<1α<1; Theorem 1's α\alphaα equals 111 at n=(3Rd/2r)2n=(3Rd/2r)^2n=(3Rd/2r)2.
  • Theorem 2's "for nnn sufficiently large" is the hypothesis δ<r\delta<rδ<r, the only place the proof uses it.

A formalization that assumed integrability of the costs along the run, assumed differentiable or globally Lipschitz costs, dropped the independence of the directions, or stated ∇f^\nabla\hat f∇f^​ through Mathlib's gradient (which is 000 off differentiability) would trivialize or change the result. All of these are ruled out.

Needed infrastructure: the divergence identity for the ball average (Lemma 1), conditional expectation given σ(xt)\sigma(x_t)σ(xt​) for vector-valued variables, continuity of convex functions on the interior of a convex set, and nearest-point projection onto closed convex sets. The first two are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions toward Lemma 1 in particular are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. D. Flaxman, A. T. Kalai, H. B. McMahan, Online convex optimization in the bandit setting: gradient descent without a gradient, SODA 2005; arXiv:cs/0408007v1, 2004. https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0408007
  • M. Zinkevich, Online convex programming and generalized infinitesimal gradient ascent, ICML 2003. https://www.cs.cmu.edu/~maz/publications/ICML03.pdf
  • R. Kleinberg, Nearly tight bounds for the continuum-armed bandit problem, NIPS 2004. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/2634-nearly-tight-bounds-for-the-continuum-armed-bandit-problem
  • S. Bubeck, N. Cesa-Bianchi, Regret analysis of stochastic and nonstochastic multi-armed bandit problems, Foundations and Trends in ML, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1204.5721
  • E. Hazan, Introduction to online convex optimization, 2nd ed., 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.05207
  • S. Bubeck, Y. T. Lee, R. Eldan, Kernel-based methods for bandit convex optimization, STOC 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1607.03084
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Mirror Descent and Nonlinear Projected Subgradient Methods for Convex Optimization: Entropic Mirror Descent on the Unit Simplex Attains min_{s≤k} f(x^s) − min f ≤ √(2 ln n)·L_f/√kResearch Paper

Motivation

Large-scale nonsmooth convex problems, such as minimising a Lipschitz convex function over a probability simplex with millions of coordinates, are routinely solved by first-order methods that use one subgradient per iteration. The classical projected subgradient method reaches accuracy ε\varepsilonε after O(L2R2/ε2)O(L^2 R^2/\varepsilon^2)O(L2R2/ε2) iterations, where LLL and RRR are measured in the Euclidean norm; on the simplex this hides a factor of order nnn in the dimension. Nemirovski and Yudin's mirror descent algorithm (MDA) replaces the Euclidean geometry by one adapted to the feasible set and, on the simplex, reduces the dimension dependence to ln⁡n\ln nlnn.

Beck and Teboulle (Oper. Res. Lett. 31 (2003) 167–175, doi:10.1016/S0167-6377(02)00231-6) showed that mirror descent is a projected subgradient method in which the squared Euclidean distance is replaced by a Bregman-type distance BψB_\psiBψ​. This viewpoint gives a short convergence proof, and with the entropy as ψ\psiψ it yields a fully explicit method on the simplex, the entropic mirror descent algorithm (EMDA), the same multiplicative update that underlies exponentiated-gradient and Hedge-type algorithms in online learning.

Timeline. Nemirovski and Yudin (1983) introduce mirror descent with a O(ln⁡n/k)O(\sqrt{\ln n}/\sqrt k)O(lnn​/k​) rate on the simplex. Ben-Tal, Margalit and Nemirovski (SIAM J. Optim. 12 (2001)) analyse MDA with the ℓp\ell_pℓp​ potential 12∥x∥p2\tfrac12\|x\|_p^221​∥x∥p2​, p=1+1/ln⁡np = 1 + 1/\ln np=1+1/lnn, whose conjugate requires a one-dimensional root-finding at each step. Beck and Teboulle (2003) derive MDA as a nonlinear projected subgradient method (SANP), prove its efficiency estimate for an arbitrary norm, and show that the entropy gives the same 2ln⁡n Lf/k\sqrt{2\ln n}\,L_f/\sqrt k2lnn​Lf​/k​ rate with a closed-form update.

Setting

Let EEE be Rn\mathbb R^nRn with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, and ∥z∥∗=max⁡{⟨x,z⟩:∥x∥≤1}\|z\|_* = \max\{\langle x, z\rangle : \|x\| \le 1\}∥z∥∗​=max{⟨x,z⟩:∥x∥≤1} the dual norm. The problem is min⁡{f(x):x∈X}\min\{f(x) : x \in X\}min{f(x):x∈X} under Assumption A: XXX is closed and convex; fff is convex on XXX and Lipschitz there, ∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤Lf∥x−y∥|f(x) - f(y)| \le L_f\|x - y\|∣f(x)−f(y)∣≤Lf​∥x−y∥; fff has a minimiser x∗∈Xx^* \in Xx∗∈X; and a subgradient f′(x)f'(x)f′(x) can be computed at every x∈Xx \in Xx∈X.

Let ψ:X→R\psi : X \to \mathbb Rψ:X→R be strongly convex with parameter σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0 and differentiable. The distance-like function (3.10) is

Bψ(x,y)=ψ(x)−ψ(y)−⟨x−y,∇ψ(y)⟩.B_\psi(x, y) = \psi(x) - \psi(y) - \langle x - y, \nabla\psi(y)\rangle .Bψ​(x,y)=ψ(x)−ψ(y)−⟨x−y,∇ψ(y)⟩.

The subgradient algorithm with nonlinear projections (SANP, (3.11)) starts from x1x^1x1 and sets, with step sizes tk>0t_k > 0tk​>0,

xk+1=argmin⁡x∈X{⟨x,f′(xk)⟩+1tkBψ(x,xk)}.x^{k+1} = \operatorname*{argmin}_{x \in X}\Big\{\langle x, f'(x^k)\rangle + \tfrac{1}{t_k} B_\psi(x, x^k)\Big\}.xk+1=x∈Xargmin​{⟨x,f′(xk)⟩+tk​1​Bψ​(x,xk)}.

With ψ=12∥⋅∥22\psi = \tfrac12\|\cdot\|_2^2ψ=21​∥⋅∥22​ this is the projected subgradient method.

On the unit simplex Δ={x∈Rn:x≥0, ∑jxj=1}\Delta = \{x \in \mathbb R^n : x \ge 0,\ \sum_j x_j = 1\}Δ={x∈Rn:x≥0, ∑j​xj​=1} take the entropy ψe(x)=∑jxjln⁡xj\psi_e(x) = \sum_j x_j \ln x_jψe​(x)=∑j​xj​lnxj​ (5.27), with 0ln⁡0=00\ln0 = 00ln0=0. SANP becomes the entropic descent algorithm (EDA):

xjk+1=xjk e−tkfj′(xk)∑i=1nxik e−tkfi′(xk).x^{k+1}_j = \frac{x^k_j\,e^{-t_k f'_j(x^k)}}{\sum_{i=1}^n x^k_i\,e^{-t_k f'_i(x^k)}} .xjk+1​=∑i=1n​xik​e−tk​fi′​(xk)xjk​e−tk​fj′​(xk)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1 (p. 174)

If fff is convex and LfL_fLf​-Lipschitz on Δ\DeltaΔ for ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​, with subgradients satisfying ∥f′(x)∥∞≤Lf\|f'(x)\|_\infty \le L_f∥f′(x)∥∞​≤Lf​, and the EDA is started at x1=n−1ex^1 = n^{-1}ex1=n−1e with step t=2ln⁡n/(Lfk)t = \sqrt{2\ln n}/(L_f\sqrt k)t=2lnn​/(Lf​k​) for a horizon k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, then

min⁡1≤s≤kf(xs)−min⁡x∈Δf(x)≤2ln⁡n  Lfk.\min_{1 \le s \le k} f(x^s) - \min_{x \in \Delta} f(x) \le \frac{\sqrt{2\ln n}\;L_f}{\sqrt k}.1≤s≤kmin​f(xs)−x∈Δmin​f(x)≤k​2lnn​Lf​​.

The general estimate: Theorems 4.1 and 4.2 (pp. 171–172)

For any norm, any σ\sigmaσ-strongly convex ψ\psiψ and any SANP run,

min⁡1≤s≤kf(xs)−min⁡Xf≤Bψ(x∗,x1)+(2σ)−1∑s=1kts2∥f′(xs)∥∗2∑s=1kts,\min_{1 \le s \le k} f(x^s) - \min_X f \le \frac{B_\psi(x^*, x^1) + (2\sigma)^{-1}\sum_{s=1}^k t_s^2\|f'(x^s)\|_*^2}{\sum_{s=1}^k t_s},1≤s≤kmin​f(xs)−Xmin​f≤∑s=1k​ts​Bψ​(x∗,x1)+(2σ)−1∑s=1k​ts2​∥f′(xs)∥∗2​​,

and with the optimal constant step this gives Lf2Bψ(x∗,x1)/σ/kL_f\sqrt{2B_\psi(x^*, x^1)/\sigma}/\sqrt kLf​2Bψ​(x∗,x1)/σ​/k​.

The milestones follow the paper's proof: the three-point identity (Lemma 4.1), the optimality condition (4.16), the lower bound Bψ≥σ2∥⋅∥2B_\psi \ge \tfrac\sigma2\|\cdot\|^2Bψ​≥2σ​∥⋅∥2, the one-step inequality (4.21), Theorem 4.1(a), Proposition 4.1 (optimal step), Theorem 4.2 and its version with an upper bound on Bψ(x∗,x1)B_\psi(x^*, x^1)Bψ​(x∗,x1); then for the simplex, the 1-strong convexity of ψe\psi_eψe​ for ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ (Proposition 5.1(a), Remark 5.1), the bound Bψe(x∗,n−1e)≤ln⁡nB_{\psi_e}(x^*, n^{-1}e) \le \ln nBψe​​(x∗,n−1e)≤lnn (Proposition 5.1(c)), and the identification of the EDA with SANP.

Significance

The result shows that for nonsmooth convex minimisation over the simplex an explicit first-order method attains accuracy ε\varepsilonε in O(Lf2ln⁡n/ε2)O(L_f^2\ln n/\varepsilon^2)O(Lf2​lnn/ε2) iterations, with LfL_fLf​ measured in the ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ dual norm. The general estimate of Theorem 4.2 applies to any norm and any strongly convex potential, and is the template for later analyses of mirror descent, its stochastic and online variants, and mirror-prox methods.

Formalizing the paper produces a norm-agnostic, machine-checked proof of the mirror descent efficiency estimate, in which subgradients are dual-space objects and the dual norm is explicit, and a verified link between the entropy, the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ geometry and the multiplicative-weights update. To our knowledge none of these statements is formalized; existing formal developments of online mirror descent work in Euclidean space with Legendre potentials and bound regret for linear losses, which is a different statement.

Difficulty

The algebra of Theorem 4.1 is short, but it rests on facts that are not available off the shelf. The first-order optimality condition (4.16) must be derived for a minimiser over a convex set without assuming the set has interior (the simplex has none in Rn\mathbb R^nRn). The bound Bψ(u,y)≥σ2∥u−y∥2B_\psi(u, y) \ge \tfrac\sigma2\|u - y\|^2Bψ​(u,y)≥2σ​∥u−y∥2 must be obtained from the chord definition of strong convexity for an arbitrary norm. On the simplex, strong convexity of the entropy with respect to ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ is a form of Pinsker's inequality, and it must hold on the closed simplex, where the entropy is not differentiable at the boundary. Finally, the EDA must be shown to be the exact minimiser of the SANP subproblem over Δ\DeltaΔ, which is a Gibbs variational principle. A tempting shortcut, working throughout in Euclidean space, fails: it changes the dual norm of the subgradients from ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ to ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ and the strong convexity constant of the entropy, and loses the ln⁡n\ln nlnn rate.

Formalization scope

Sections 3–4 live in a general real normed space; a subgradient is a continuous linear functional, ⟨u,f′(x)⟩\langle u, f'(x)\rangle⟨u,f′(x)⟩ is its value at uuu, and ∥⋅∥∗\|\cdot\|_*∥⋅∥∗​ is the operator norm. ∇ψ\nabla\psi∇ψ is the Fréchet derivative. Iterates are indexed from 111. A SANP run is a predicate on sequences: each step size is positive, each iterate lies in XXX, ψ\psiψ is differentiable there, and the next iterate minimises the SANP objective. This encodes the paper's standing assumption that SANP is well defined, and replaces "XXX has nonempty interior" and "x1∈int⁡Xx^1 \in \operatorname{int} Xx1∈intX". Section 5 works on Rn\mathbb R^nRn as functions {1,…,n}→R\{1, \dots, n\} \to \mathbb R{1,…,n}→R with explicit ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ sums; int⁡Δ\operatorname{int}\DeltaintΔ is the relative interior, and the entropy formula is evaluated on Δ\DeltaΔ only. "min⁡1≤s≤kf(xs)−min⁡Xf≤R\min_{1\le s\le k} f(x^s) - \min_X f \le Rmin1≤s≤k​f(xs)−minX​f≤R" is stated as the existence of s∈{1,…,k}s \in \{1, \dots, k\}s∈{1,…,k} with f(xs)−f(x∗)≤Rf(x^s) - f(x^*) \le Rf(xs)−f(x∗)≤R.

Added hypotheses, each disclosed in the item: a bound ∥f′(x)∥∗≤Lf\|f'(x)\|_* \le L_f∥f′(x)∥∗​≤Lf​ on the oracle (used by the proofs of Theorems 4.1(b), 4.2 and 5.1, not implied by the Lipschitz condition for subgradients relative to XXX); D−1b>0D^{-1}b > 0D−1b>0 in Proposition 4.1, without which the proposition as printed is false; Lf>0L_f > 0Lf​>0 in the step sizes. The step sizes of (4.23) and of the EDA are constant over a fixed horizon kkk, which is what the proof chooses; Theorem 5.1 is stated with LfL_fLf​, since the free index in the printed bound (5.28) cannot be bound, and LfL_fLf​ is what the proof yields.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: BψB_\psiBψ​ is never evaluated where fderiv is a junk value (the run requires differentiability at every iterate), the SANP step is never chosen by Classical.epsilon, the bound of Theorem 5.1 is not stated with a maximum of ∥f′(xs)∥∞\|f'(x^s)\|_\infty∥f′(xs)∥∞​ over the run, and the step is not an anytime schedule ts∝1/st_s \propto 1/\sqrt sts​∝1/s​.

A complete development needs first-order optimality conditions over convex sets, strong convexity and Bregman distances in normed spaces, Pinsker-type inequalities for finite distributions, and the Gibbs variational principle. These are reusable beyond this mission; proofs of any milestone, and general lemmas that serve several of them, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, Mirror descent and nonlinear projected subgradient methods for convex optimization, Oper. Res. Lett. 31 (2003) 167–175. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-6377(02)00231-6
  • A. Ben-Tal, T. Margalit, A. Nemirovski, The ordered subsets mirror descent optimization method with applications to tomography, SIAM J. Optim. 12 (2001) 79–108. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499354564
  • A. Nemirovsky, D. Yudin, Problem Complexity and Method Efficiency in Optimization, Wiley, 1983.
  • G. Chen, M. Teboulle, Convergence analysis of a proximal-like minimization algorithm using Bregman functions, SIAM J. Optim. 3 (1993) 538–543. https://doi.org/10.1137/0803026
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 11 of 14Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me